See in Reader
272 KiB
272 KiB
| 1 | Book | Chapter | Verse | ID | SupportReference | OrigQuote | Occurrence | GLQuote | OccurrenceNote |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2 | HEB | front | intro | xy4n | 0 | # Introduction to Hebrews\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Book of Hebrews\n\n1. Jesus is superior to God’s prophets and angels (1:1-4:13)\n1. Jesus is superior to the priests who serve in the temple in Jerusalem (4:14-7:28)\n1. Jesus’ ministry is superior to the old covenant that God made with his people (8:1-10:39)\n1. What faith is like (11:1-40)\n1. Encouragement to be faithful to God (12:1-29)\n1. Concluding encouragements and greetings (13:1-25)\n\n### Who wrote the Book of Hebrews?\n\nNo one knows who wrote Hebrews. Scholars have suggested several different people who could possibly be the author. Possible authors are Paul, Luke, and Barnabas. The date of writing is also not known. Most scholars think it was written before A.D. 70. Jerusalem was destroyed in A.D. 70, but the writer of this letter spoke about Jerusalem as if it had not yet been destroyed.\n\n### What is the Book of Hebrews about?\n\nIn the Book of Hebrews, the author shows that Jesus fulfilled Old Testament prophecies. The author did this in order to encourage the Jewish Christians and to explain that Jesus is better than anything that the old covenant had to offer. Jesus is the perfect High Priest. Jesus was also the perfect sacrifice. Animal sacrifices became useless because Jesus’ sacrifice was once and for all time. Therefore, Jesus is the one and only way for people to be accepted by God.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Hebrews.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Letter to the Hebrews” or “A Letter to the Jewish Christians.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Can readers understand this book without knowing about the sacrifices and the work of the priests required in the Old Testament?\n\nIt would be very difficult for readers to understand this book without understanding these matters. Translators might consider explaining some of these Old Testament concepts in notes or in an introduction to this book.\n\n### How is the idea of blood used in the Book of Hebrews?\n\nBeginning in [Hebrews 9:7](../heb/09/07.md), the idea of blood is often used as metonymy to represent the death of any animal that was sacrificed according to God’s covenant with Israel. The author also used blood to represent the death of Jesus Christ. Jesus became the perfect sacrifice so that God would forgive people for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\nBeginning in [Hebrews 9:19](../heb/09/19.md), the author used the idea of sprinkling as a symbolic action. Old Testament priests sprinkled the blood of the animals sacrificed. This was a symbol of the benefits of the animal’s death being applied to the people or to an object. This showed that the people or the object was acceptable to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### How are the ideas of “holy” and “sanctify” represented in Hebrews in the ULT?\n\nThe scriptures use such words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating into English, the ULT uses the following principles:\n* Sometimes the meaning in a passage implies moral holiness. Especially important for understanding the gospel is the fact that God views Christians as sinless because they are united to Jesus Christ. Another related fact is that God is perfect and faultless. A third fact that Christians are to conduct themselves in a blameless, faultless manner in life. In these cases, the ULT uses “holy,” “holy God,” “holy ones,” or “holy people.”\n* Sometimes the meaning indicates a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In these cases, the ULT uses “believer” or “believers.” (See: 6:10; 13:24)\n* Sometimes the meaning implies the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “sanctify,” “set apart,” “dedicated to,” or “reserved for.” (See: 2:11: 9:13; 10:10, 14, 29; 13:12)\n\nThe UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.\n\n### How should “we” and “you” be translated?\n\nThroughout the letter, “we” includes the author and the audience unless a note specifies otherwise. Similarly, “you” is always plural unless a note specifies otherwise. \n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Hebrews?\n\nFor the following verses, modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.\n* “you crowned him with glory and honor” (2:7). Some older versions read, “you crowned him with glory and honor and you have put him over the works of your hands.”\n* “those who did not unite in faith with those who obeyed” (4:2). Some older versions read, “those who heard it without joining faith to it.”\n* “Christ came as a high priest of the good things that have come” (9:11). Some modern versions and older versions read, “Christ came as a high priest of the good things that are to come.”\n* “on those who were prisoners” (10:34). Some older versions read, “of me in my chains.”\n* “They were stoned. They were sawn in two. They were killed with the sword” (11:37). Some older versions read, “They were stoned. They were sawn in two. They were tempted. They were killed with the sword.”\n* “If even an animal touches the mountain, it must be stoned” (12:20). Some older versions read, “If even an animal touches the mountain, it must be stoned or shot with an arrow.”\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) | |||
| 3 | HEB | 1 | intro | aaf9 | 0 | # Hebrews 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter describes how Jesus is more important to us than the angels are.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:5, 7-13, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>### “Our ancestors”<br><br>The writer wrote this letter to Christians who had grown up as Jews. This is why the letter is called “Hebrews.”<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>The author uses rhetorical questions as a way of proving Jesus is better than the angels. Both he and the readers know the answers to the questions, and the writer knows that as the readers think about the answers to the questions, they will realize that God’s Son is more important than any of the angels.<br><br>### Poetry<br><br>Jewish teachers, like the Old Testament prophets, would put their most important teachings in the form of poetry so that the hearers would be able to learn and remember them. | |||
| 4 | HEB | 1 | 1 | ct15 | grammar-connect-time-sequential | λαλήσας | 1 | Here, **having spoken** introduces an action that took place before the actions that take place in the next verse ([1:2](../01/02.md)). Use a form that introduces action that takes place before something else. Alternate translation: “after speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) | |
| 5 | HEB | 1 | 1 | uuix | figs-idiom | πάλαι | 1 | Here, **long ago** refers to past time. It often identifies events that happened in the distant past and about which stories are told. Use a word or phrase that refers to the distant past. Alternate translation: “in the past days” or “in ancient times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 6 | HEB | 1 | 1 | in2c | translate-kinship | τοῖς πατράσιν | 1 | Here, **{our} fathers** refers to the Israelites who were alive before Jesus lived on earth. Not all the audience were descended from these Israelites. However, the author can still refer to the Israelites as their **fathers** because he thinks that all Christians have been included in the family of Abraham, the ancestor of the Israelites. If possible, preserve the family language in your translation. Alternate translation: “our forefathers” or “to the Israelite ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) | |
| 7 | HEB | 1 | 1 | dhcr | figs-doublet | πολυμερῶς καὶ πολυτρόπως | 1 | Here, **at many times** shows that God did not speak just once. Rather, he spoke often throughout the time called **long ago**. Then, **in many ways** shows that God used various means and people to speak to the **fathers**. The author uses both of these phrases because he wishes to emphasize the variety of times and ways in which God has **spoken**. If your language does not use repetition for emphasis, and if you cannot represent Paul’s two phrases well, you could express the idea using one phrase that emphasizes variety. Alternate translation: “with great variety” or “using multiple methods throughout history” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 8 | HEB | 1 | 2 | f3z1 | figs-parallelism | ἐπ’ ἐσχάτου τῶν ἡμερῶν τούτων, ἐλάλησεν ἡμῖν ἐν Υἱῷ | 1 | The author uses words and phrases in this clause that make its structure parallel to the previous verse ([1:1](../01/01.md)). He does this to emphasize the contrast between “long ago” and **in these last days**. If possible, use the same structures in this clause as you did in the last verse. Alternate translation: “has spoken to use through a Son in these last days. This Son is the one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) | |
| 9 | HEB | 1 | 2 | scr8 | figs-idiom | ἐπ’ ἐσχάτου τῶν ἡμερῶν τούτων | 1 | in these last days | Here, **these last days** refers to the last period in the history of the world, which began when Jesus lived, died, and came alive again. It also means that this last period has been the goal of all the previous events. If your language has a way to refer to the last period in the history of the world, you could use it here. Alternatively, if your language has a way to refer to the end of the world, you could express the idea by stating that the end of the world will happen soon. Alternate translation: “during this time when the end of the world is coming soon” or “in these end times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 10 | HEB | 1 | 2 | d386 | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Υἱῷ | 1 | through a Son | Here, **Son** is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 11 | HEB | 1 | 2 | i93z | figs-possession | κληρονόμον πάντων | 1 | to be the heir of all things | Here the author uses the possessive form to indicate that the **heir** receives or inherits **all things**. If your language does not use the possessive form to express that idea, you could use a word or phrase such as “receive” or “inherit.” Alternate translation: “the heir who inherits all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) |
| 12 | HEB | 1 | 2 | ovmc | figs-metaphor | ἔθηκεν κληρονόμον πάντων | 1 | Here the author speaks as if Jesus were child who would receive property that a parent passes on to their child when the parent dies. He speaks in this way to indicate that Jesus is the **Son** who will “inherit” **all things**, which means that he will rule over everything that exists. If your readers would misunderstand this figure of speech, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “he appointed to be the one who will rule over all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 13 | HEB | 1 | 2 | gqj8 | translate-unknown | τοὺς αἰῶνας | 1 | It is through him that God also made the universe | Here, **the ages** refers primarily to all the time periods that together make up the history of the world. However, **ages** can also refer to everything that God created that exists during those time periods. If possible, use a word or phrase that refers to everything that exists during all of time. Alternate translation: “everything that has and will exist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 14 | HEB | 1 | 3 | xvin | figs-infostructure | ὃς ὢν ἀπαύγασμα τῆς δόξης καὶ χαρακτὴρ τῆς ὑποστάσεως αὐτοῦ, φέρων τε τὰ πάντα τῷ ῥήματι τῆς δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ, καθαρισμὸν τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ποιησάμενος, ἐκάθισεν ἐν δεξιᾷ τῆς Μεγαλωσύνης ἐν ὑψηλοῖς | 1 | Here the author includes a long description of who the “Son” is. The phrases **being the brightness of {his} glory and exact representation of his being** and **upholding all things by the word of his power** describe what the “Son” always is and does. The phrase **having made cleansing for sins** refers more specifically to what the “Son” has done and completed before he **sat down at the right hand**. If your readers would misunderstand that the phrase **having made cleansing for sins** refers to something that happened before **sat down**, while the previous phrases all refer to things that the “Son” always is and does, you could make the relationships clearer. Alternate translation: “who is the brightness of {his} glory and exact representation of his being and who upholds all things by the word of his power. After having made cleansing for sins, he sat down at the right hand of the Majesty on high” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) | |
| 15 | HEB | 1 | 3 | he0e | figs-abstractnouns | ἀπαύγασμα τῆς δόξης καὶ χαρακτὴρ τῆς ὑποστάσεως αὐτοῦ | 1 | If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **brightness**, **glory**, **representation**, and **being**, you could express the ideas by using verbs, adjectives, or adverbs. Alternate translation: “brightly glorious like he is and exactly representing who he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 16 | HEB | 1 | 3 | hn4q | figs-metaphor | ἀπαύγασμα τῆς δόξης καὶ | 1 | the brightness of God’s glory | Here the author speaks as if the “Son” had the **brightness** that belongs to God’s **glory**, which is pictured here like a bright light. The author speaks in this way to emphasize that the Son “shines” with the **glory** that only God has. He means that the “Son” is God and represents God. If your readers would misunderstand this figure of speech, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “the reflection of {his} glory and” or “one who has the glory of God and the” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 17 | HEB | 1 | 3 | b7jc | translate-unknown | χαρακτὴρ τῆς ὑποστάσεως αὐτοῦ | 1 | glory, the exact representation of his being | Here, **exact representation** refers to something that perfects shows or matches what something else is like. In this case, the “Son” perfects shows or matches God’s **being**, that is, what God is like. The author uses **exact representation of his being** to show that the “Son” is God along with God the Father but not the same person. You could use a word or phrase that indicates that the “Son” is just like what God the Father is like. Alternate translation: “exactly like what he is like” or “perfectly representing who God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 18 | HEB | 1 | 3 | kmza | figs-metaphor | φέρων…τὰ πάντα | 1 | Here the author speaks as if the Son were standing underneath **all things** and holding them up so that they did not fall. He speaks in this way to indicate that everything continues to exist only because the Son works to make it continue. If your readers would misunderstand this figure of speech, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “preserving all things” or “supporting all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 19 | HEB | 1 | 3 | ms8z | figs-metonymy | τῷ ῥήματι τῆς δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ | 1 | the word of his power | Here, **word** refers to speaking “words” or “messages.” It does not refer to one word that the Son speaks. If your readers would misunderstand **word**, you could use a word or phrase that refers to how the Son speaks. Alternate translation: “through his powerful speech” or “by how he speaks with power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 20 | HEB | 1 | 3 | mk26 | figs-abstractnouns | τῷ ῥήματι τῆς δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **power**, you could express the idea by using an adjective such as “powerful.” Alternate translation: “by his powerful word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 21 | HEB | 1 | 3 | l1pg | figs-abstractnouns | καθαρισμὸν τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ποιησάμενος | 1 | After he had made cleansing for sins | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **cleansing**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “cleanse” or “purify.” Alternate translation: “having cleansed us from our sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 22 | HEB | 1 | 3 | f729 | figs-abstractnouns | τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν | 1 | he had made cleansing for sins | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **sins**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “sin.” Alternate translation: “for how we have sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 23 | HEB | 1 | 3 | xij7 | translate-symaction | ἐκάθισεν ἐν δεξιᾷ | 1 | he sat down at the right hand of the Majesty on high | When someone sits **at the right hand** of God, it symbolizes that person’s honor, authority, and ability to rule. If your readers would misunderstand what **sat down at the right hand** means, you could express the idea explicitly. Alternate translation: “he sat down to rule at the right hand” or “he took the place of honor and authority at the right hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) |
| 24 | HEB | 1 | 3 | uym0 | figs-synecdoche | ἐν δεξιᾷ τῆς Μεγαλωσύνης | 1 | Here, **at the right hand** refers to the place next to a person’s **right hand**, which would be the “right side.” In the author’s culture, this side was associated with honor or authority. If your readers would misunderstand **at the right hand**, you could refer to the “right side.” Make sure that your readers understand that this side indicates that the Son has honor and authority when he sits there. Alternate translation: “at the right side of the Majesty” or “in the honorable place next to the Majesty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 25 | HEB | 1 | 3 | ir7x | figs-euphemism | τῆς Μεγαλωσύνης | 1 | the Majesty on high | In the author’s culture, it was considered reverent to avoid saying God’s name. Here the author uses **Majesty** instead of God’s name in order to follow this custom and to indicate that God is powerful and glorious. If your readers would misunderstand **Majesty**, you could use a reverent way to refer to God in your culture, especially if it emphasizes how God is powerful and glorious. Alternate translation: “of the great deity” or “of the glorious God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) |
| 26 | HEB | 1 | 3 | awjd | translate-unknown | ἐν ὑψηλοῖς | 1 | Here, **on high** identifies the location of **the right hand of the Majesty**, which where the Son **sat down**. This location is in heaven. If your readers would misunderstand **on high**, you could clarify that it means that Jesus ascended into heaven, which is where the **right hand** is. Alternate translation: “in heaven” or “on high, in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 27 | HEB | 1 | 4 | x4bh | γενόμενος | 1 | He has become | Here, **having become** could introduce: (1) an explanation of what “sitting at God’s right hand” ([1:3](../01/03.md)) means. Alternate translation: “thus, he has become” (2) a result that comes from “sitting at God’s right hand” ([1:3](../01/03.md)). Alternate translation: “so, he has become” or “therefore, he has become” | |
| 28 | HEB | 1 | 4 | hnab | τοσούτῳ κρείττων γενόμενος τῶν ἀγγέλων, ὅσῳ διαφορώτερον παρ’ αὐτοὺς, κεκληρονόμηκεν ὄνομα | 1 | Here the author uses a comparison that indicates that the difference in “superiority” between the Son and **the angels** is the same as the difference between the Son’s **name** and the names of **the angels**. Consider clear ways to indicate such a comparison in your language. Alternate translation: “having become as much superior to the angels as the name that he has inherited is more excellent than theirs” | ||
| 29 | HEB | 1 | 4 | bn6t | translate-unknown | τοσούτῳ κρείττων…τῶν ἀγγέλων…διαφορώτερον | 1 | Here, **far superior** and **more excellent** both refer to how Jesus and Jesus’s **name** have more authority and honor than the angels and their names. If your readers would misunderstand **far superior** and **more excellent**, you could use words or phrases that indicate this more clearly. Alternate translation: “more honorable than the angels … more honorable” or “far higher than the angels … a higher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 30 | HEB | 1 | 4 | fzg3 | figs-extrainfo | διαφορώτερον…ὄνομα | 1 | as the name he has inherited is more excellent than their name | Here the author does not clarify what **name** this is. It could be the title “Son,” the title “Lord,” the name “Jesus,” or God’s own special name, “Yahweh.” Since the author did not clarify what **name** he is referring to, it is best to refer to a name or title without stating what it is. Alternate translation: “a more excellent title” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) |
| 31 | HEB | 1 | 4 | qt7q | figs-metaphor | κεκληρονόμηκεν | 1 | he has inherited | Here the author speaks as if Jesus were child who would receive property that a parent passes on to their child when the parent dies. He speaks in this way to indicate that Jesus receives a **name** from God the Father, although this does not mean that God the Father has died. If your readers would misunderstand this figure of speech, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “he has received” or “God has given him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 32 | HEB | 1 | 4 | uu4s | figs-ellipsis | παρ’ αὐτοὺς | 1 | Here the author omits some words that may be needed in your language to make a complete comparison. He omits these words because he stated them in the first half of the comparison (a **name**). If your language needs these words to make a complete comparison, you could include them here. Alternate translation: “than their names” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 33 | HEB | 1 | 5 | d964 | grammar-connect-words-phrases | γὰρ | 1 | Here, **For** introduces the support or basis that proves that the Son is “superior to the angels” ([1:4](../01/04.md)). The supporting statements that **For** introduces can be found in [1:4–14](../01/05.md). If your readers would misunderstand **For**, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a support or basis for a claim. Alternate translation: “Here is the proof for that:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) | |
| 34 | HEB | 1 | 5 | ww5h | figs-rquestion | τίνι γὰρ εἶπέν ποτε τῶν ἀγγέλων, Υἱός μου εἶ σύ, ἐγὼ σήμερον γεγέννηκά σε? καὶ πάλιν, ἐγὼ ἔσομαι αὐτῷ εἰς Πατέρα, καὶ αὐτὸς ἔσται μοι εἰς Υἱόν? | 1 | For to which of the angels did God ever say, “You are my son … a son to me”? | The author does not ask these questions because he is looking for information. Rather, he asks them to involve the audience in what he is arguing. The question assumes that the answer is “none of them,” for God said these words to his own Son. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express the idea with a strong negation. Alternate translation: “For God never said to any of the angels ‘You are my son, and I today I have become your father.’ Or again, ‘I will be as a father to him, and he will be as a son to me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 35 | HEB | 1 | 5 | pzkc | writing-quotations | τίνι γὰρ εἶπέν ποτε τῶν ἀγγέλων…καὶ πάλιν | 1 | Here the author quotes from important texts, the Old Testament scriptures. He does not introduce them as quotations but instead introduces them as words that God has spoken to his Son, not to angels. However, the audience would have understood that these were quotations from the Old Testament. The first quotation comes from [Psalm 2:7](../../psa/02/07.md), and the second quotation comes from [2 Samuel 7:14](../../2sa/07/14.md). Since the author introduces these quotations as words that God has said to his Son, not to angels, you should introduce these quotations as words that someone has or has not said. If your readers would not know that the quotations are from the Old Testament, you could include footnotes or use some other form to identify the quotations. The phrase **Or again** is the normal form that the author uses to connect a second statement to the first statement. Alternate translation: “For to which of the angels did he ever speak … Or” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) | |
| 36 | HEB | 1 | 5 | wmyy | figs-quotations | εἶπέν ποτε…Υἱός μου εἶ σύ, ἐγὼ σήμερον γεγέννηκά σε? καὶ πάλιν, ἐγὼ ἔσομαι αὐτῷ εἰς Πατέρα, καὶ αὐτὸς ἔσται μοι εἰς Υἱόν? | 1 | If you do not use this form in your language, you could translate the questions as indirect quotes instead of as direct quotes. Alternate translation: “did he ever say that he was his son, today he had fathered him, or again that he would be as a father to him, and that he would be as a son to him?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) | |
| 37 | HEB | 1 | 5 | fdsv | translate-kinship | Υἱός μου εἶ σύ, ἐγὼ σήμερον γεγέννηκά σε…ἐγὼ ἔσομαι αὐτῷ εἰς Πατέρα, καὶ αὐτὸς ἔσται μοι εἰς Υἱόν | 1 | In their original contexts, these two quotations referred to the king of Israel, when he began to rule, as one who became God’s **son**. Thus, God was his **father**. When the author applies these words not to angels but to Jesus, he identifies the **father** as God the Father and the **son** as God the Son. He does not mean that Jesus becomes **son** at some point or begins to exist at some point. Rather, he means that God the Father declares and reveals Jesus to be God the Son. If your readers would misunderstand how the author uses **father** and **son** language, you could include some words or a footnote that clarifies the meaning. Alternate translation: “You are my son, today I have proclaimed that I am your father … I proclaim that I am his father and that he is my son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) | |
| 38 | HEB | 1 | 5 | t48e | figs-parallelism | Υἱός μου εἶ σύ, ἐγὼ σήμερον γεγέννηκά σε | 1 | You are my son … I have become your father | Here the quotation includes two statements that mean almost the same thing. One statement uses **son** language, and the other uses “father” language. This was considered good poetry in the author’s culture. If your readers would misunderstand the parallelism, and if this would not be good poetry in your culture, you could combine the two statements. Alternate translation: “Today I have fathered you, my son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) |
| 39 | HEB | 1 | 5 | wkoz | figs-yousingular | σύ…σε | 1 | Because the quotation is referring to one **son**, **You** and **you** are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) | |
| 40 | HEB | 1 | 5 | jzhs | figs-parallelism | ἐγὼ ἔσομαι αὐτῷ εἰς Πατέρα, καὶ αὐτὸς ἔσται μοι εἰς Υἱόν | 1 | Here the quotation includes two statements that mean almost the same thing. One statement uses **father** language, and the other uses **son** language. This was considered good poetry in the author’s culture. If your readers would misunderstand the parallelism, and if this would not be good poetry in your culture, you could combine the two statements. Alternate translation: “I will be as a father to him, who is my son” or “he will be as a son to me, his father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) | |
| 41 | HEB | 1 | 6 | u0km | grammar-connect-logic-contrast | δὲ πάλιν | 1 | Here, **But** introduces a contrast with the previous verse, which talks about what God has not said to angels. In this verse, the author identifies what God has said to angels. If your readers would misunderstand **But**, you could use a word or phrase that would introduce this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “Again, and in contrast,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) | |
| 42 | HEB | 1 | 6 | n7ph | writing-quotations | δὲ πάλιν…λέγει | 1 | he says | Here the author quotes from an important text, the Old Testament. He does not introduce it as a quotation but instead as words that God has spoken to angels about his Son. However, the audience would have understood that this was a quotation from the Old Testament, here from the Greek translation of [Deuteronomy 32:43](../../deu/32/43.md). Since the author introduces this quotation as words that God has said to the angels, you should introduce the quotation as words that someone has said. If your readers would not know that the quotation is from the Old Testament, you could include a footnote or use some other form to identify the quotation. The phrase **But again** was a normal way in the author’s culture to introduce another quotation. Alternate translation: “Further … God speaks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) |
| 43 | HEB | 1 | 6 | wnl5 | figs-pastforfuture | εἰσαγάγῃ…λέγει | 1 | Here the author uses the present tense to introduce what God says. He may be referring to a past event (if **brings** refers to the incarnation or the ascension of Jesus) or a future event (if **brings** refers to the return of Jesus at the end). The author uses the present tense to focus on what God **says** rather than when he **says** it. Consider what tense would be appropriate for referring primarily to what a person says. Alternate translation: “he brought … he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) | |
| 44 | HEB | 1 | 6 | llcd | figs-infostructure | ὅταν δὲ πάλιν εἰσαγάγῃ τὸν πρωτότοκον εἰς τὴν οἰκουμένην, λέγει | 1 | Here, **again** could modify: (1) **he says**. In this case, **again** tells the audience that the author is quoting an important text **again**. Alternate translation: “But, when he brings the firstborn into the world, again he says” (2) **he brings**. In this case, **again** tells the audience that the **firstborn** has already been in **the world**, and God is “bringing” him into it **again**. The “bringing” would then refer to how Jesus returns to heaven when he ascends or how he comes back again to earth at the end. Alternate translation: “But, when he again brings the firstborn into the world, he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) | |
| 45 | HEB | 1 | 6 | b4s2 | figs-metaphor | τὸν πρωτότοκον | 1 | the firstborn | Here, **the firstborn** refers to Jesus. The author refers to him as the **firstborn** to emphasize his importance and authority over everyone else. It does not imply that there was a time before Jesus existed or that God gave birth to him at some point. Rather, it implies that Jesus has adopted siblings, who are everyone who believes in him. If your readers would misunderstand **firstborn**, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “his honored Son” or “his first Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 46 | HEB | 1 | 6 | lnxs | εἰς τὴν οἰκουμένην | 1 | Here, **the world** could be: (1) the “world that is coming” (see [2:5](../02/05.md)), which is heaven or the heavenly world. In this case, the verse refers to Jesus’s ascension into heaven. Alternate translation: “into the coming world” (2) this world as it currently exists. In this case, the verse refers either to Jesus’s incarnation or to his return to earth at the end. Alternate translation: “into our world” | ||
| 47 | HEB | 1 | 6 | w5kl | figs-quotations | λέγει, καὶ προσκυνησάτωσαν αὐτῷ πάντες ἄγγελοι Θεοῦ | 1 | If you do not use this form in your language, you could translate the statement as an indirect quote instead of as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “he says that all God’s angels should worship him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) | |
| 48 | HEB | 1 | 6 | b6dy | figs-imperative | καὶ προσκυνησάτωσαν αὐτῷ πάντες ἄγγελοι Θεοῦ | 1 | Here the quotation uses a third person imperative. If you have third person imperatives in your language, you could use one here. If you do not have third person imperatives, you could express the idea using a word or phrase such as “need to” or “must.” Alternate translation: “And all God’s angels need to worship him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) | |
| 49 | HEB | 1 | 7 | bwuh | writing-quotations | καὶ πρὸς μὲν τοὺς ἀγγέλους λέγει | 1 | Here the author quotes from an important text, the Old Testament. He does not introduce it as a quotation but instead as words that God has spoken about angels. However, the audience would have understood that this was a quotation from the Old Testament, here from the Greek translation of [Psalm 104:4](../../psa/104/04.md). Since the author introduces this quotation as words that God has said about the angels, you should introduce the quotation as words that someone has said. If your readers would not know that the quotation is from the Old Testament, you could include a footnote or use some other form to identify the quotation. The word **And** was a normal way in the author’s culture to introduce another quotation. Alternate translation: “With regard to the angels, God speaks,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) | |
| 50 | HEB | 1 | 7 | acjd | figs-quotations | λέγει, ὁ ποιῶν τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ πνεύματα, καὶ τοὺς λειτουργοὺς αὐτοῦ πυρὸς φλόγα | 1 | If you do not use this form in your language, you could translate the statement as an indirect quote instead of as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “he says that he makes his angels spirits, and his servants flames of fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) | |
| 51 | HEB | 1 | 7 | urbi | figs-parallelism | ὁ ποιῶν τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ πνεύματα, καὶ τοὺς λειτουργοὺς αὐτοῦ πυρὸς φλόγα | 1 | Here the quotation includes two statements that mean almost the same thing. This was considered good poetry in the author’s culture. If your readers would misunderstand the parallelism, and if this would not be good poetry in your culture, you could combine the two statements. Alternate translation: “He who makes his servant angels spirits and flames of fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) | |
| 52 | HEB | 1 | 7 | wqd8 | writing-pronouns | ὁ ποιῶν…αὐτοῦ…αὐτοῦ | 1 | Here, **He** and **his** refer to God. If your readers would misunderstand to whom these words refer, you could make the reference explicit. Alternate translation: “God makes his … his” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) | |
| 53 | HEB | 1 | 7 | x53n | figs-123person | ὁ ποιῶν…αὐτοῦ…αὐτοῦ | 1 | Here the author has God speaking about himself in the third person. He uses this form because the quotation uses the third person to speak about God, and the author claims that God speaks the quotation. If your readers would misunderstand this form, you could clarify that God is speaking about himself. Alternate translation: “I am he who makes his angels spirits and his servants flames of fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) | |
| 54 | HEB | 1 | 7 | u76p | πνεύματα | 1 | Here, the word translated **spirits** could refer to: (1) “winds,” since the word could mean either **spirits** or “winds” in the author’s culture. Alternate translations: “winds” (2) how God made the angels to be “spiritual” beings. Alternate translation: “spiritual beings” | ||
| 55 | HEB | 1 | 7 | isd8 | figs-metaphor | ὁ ποιῶν τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ πνεύματα, καὶ τοὺς λειτουργοὺς αὐτοῦ πυρὸς φλόγα | 1 | He is the one who makes his angels spirits, and his servants flames of fire | Here the quotation speaks as if God turned **his angels** into **spirits** and into **flames of fire**. It speaks in this way to identify what the angels are like and to show that God made them like that. If your readers would misunderstand this way of speaking, you could use a form that identifies what God made the angels like. Alternate translation: “He who makes his angels so that they are like spirits, and his servants so that they are like flames of fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 56 | HEB | 1 | 7 | d9yj | figs-possession | πυρὸς φλόγα | 1 | Here the author uses the possessive form to describe **flames** that are made of **fire**. If your language does not use the possessive form for that idea, you could express the idea with an adjective such as “fiery.” Alternate translation: “fiery flames” or “flames made of fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) | |
| 57 | HEB | 1 | 8 | p1xx | writing-quotations | πρὸς…τὸν Υἱόν | 1 | But to the Son he says | Here and in the next verse, the author quotes from an important text, the Old Testament. He does not introduce it as a quotation but instead as words that God has spoken about his Son. However, the audience would have understood that this was a quotation from the Old Testament, here from [Psalm 45:6–7](../../psa/45/06.md). Since the author introduces this quotation as words that God has said about his Son, you should introduce the quotation as words that someone has said. If your readers would not know that the quotation is from the Old Testament, you could include a footnote or use some other form to identify the quotation. Alternate translation: “with regard to the Son {God speaks}” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) |
| 58 | HEB | 1 | 8 | b155 | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | τὸν Υἱόν | 1 | Son | **Son** is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 59 | HEB | 1 | 8 | vl1n | ὁ θρόνος σου, ὁ Θεὸς, εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ αἰῶνος, καὶ ἡ ῥάβδος τῆς εὐθύτητος ῥάβδος τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ | 1 | |||
| 60 | HEB | 1 | 8 | ewm4 | figs-metonymy | ὁ θρόνος σου, ὁ Θεὸς, εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ αἰῶνος | 1 | Your throne, God, is forever and ever | The Son’s **throne** represents his rule. Alternate translation: “You are God, and your reign will last forever and ever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 61 | HEB | 1 | 8 | k4cf | figs-metonymy | ἡ ῥάβδος τῆς εὐθύτητος ῥάβδος τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ | 1 | The scepter of your kingdom is the scepter of justice | Here, **scepter** refers to the Son’s rule. Alternate translation: “And you will rule over the people of your kingdom with justice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 62 | HEB | 1 | 9 | t9yw | figs-metaphor | ἔχρισέν σε…ἔλαιον ἀγαλλιάσεως παρὰ τοὺς μετόχους σου | 1 | has anointed you with the oil of joy more than your companions | Here, **oil of exultation** refers to the joy that the Son felt when God honored him. Alternate translation: “has honored you and made you more joyful than anyone else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 63 | HEB | 1 | 10 | nsd4 | καί, σὺ κατ’ ἀρχάς, Κύριε, τὴν γῆν ἐθεμελίωσας, καὶ ἔργα τῶν χειρῶν σού εἰσιν οἱ οὐρανοί | 1 | This quotation comes from another Psalm. | ||
| 64 | HEB | 1 | 10 | tmu5 | κατ’ ἀρχάς | 1 | In the beginning | Alternate translation: “before anything existed” | |
| 65 | HEB | 1 | 10 | j64k | figs-metaphor | τὴν γῆν ἐθεμελίωσας | 1 | you laid the earth’s foundation | The author speaks of God creating the earth as if he built a building on a **foundation**. Alternate translation: “you created the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 66 | HEB | 1 | 10 | r19v | figs-metonymy | ἔργα τῶν χειρῶν σού εἰσιν οἱ οὐρανοί | 1 | The heavens are the work of your hands | Here, **hands** refer to God’s power and action. Alternate translation: “You made the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 67 | HEB | 1 | 11 | a6le | αὐτοὶ ἀπολοῦνται | 1 | They will perish | Alternate translation: “The heavens and earth will disappear” or “The heavens and earth will no longer exist” | |
| 68 | HEB | 1 | 11 | qy4e | figs-simile | πάντες ὡς ἱμάτιον παλαιωθήσονται | 1 | wear out like a piece of clothing | The author speaks of the heavens and earth as if they were a piece of clothing that will get old and eventually become useless. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) |
| 69 | HEB | 1 | 12 | n4hl | figs-simile | ὡσεὶ περιβόλαιον ἑλίξεις αὐτούς | 1 | roll them up like a cloak | The author speaks of the heavens and earth as if they were a robe or another kind of outer garment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) |
| 70 | HEB | 1 | 12 | iv4r | figs-simile | ὡς ἱμάτιον καὶ ἀλλαγήσονται | 1 | they will be changed like a piece of clothing | The author speaks of the heavens and earth as if they were clothing that a person could take off in order to put on other clothing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) |
| 71 | HEB | 1 | 12 | i761 | figs-activepassive | ἀλλαγήσονται | 1 | they will be changed | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “you will change them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 72 | HEB | 1 | 12 | v5mf | figs-metaphor | ἔτη σου οὐκ ἐκλείψουσιν | 1 | your years do not end | Periods of time are used to represent God’s eternal existence. Alternate translation: “your life will never end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 73 | HEB | 1 | 13 | pqs9 | 0 | General Information: | This quotation comes from another Psalm. | ||
| 74 | HEB | 1 | 13 | kz68 | figs-rquestion | πρὸς τίνα δὲ τῶν ἀγγέλων εἴρηκέν ποτε, κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου, ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου, ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου? | 1 | But to which of the angels has God said at any time … feet”? | The author uses a question to emphasize that God has never said this to an angel. Alternate translation: “But God has never said to an angel at any time, ‘Sit at my right hand until I make your enemies a footstool for your feet!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 75 | HEB | 1 | 13 | s6k7 | translate-symaction | κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου | 1 | Sit at my right hand | To sit at the **right hand** of God is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “Sit in the place of honor beside me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) |
| 76 | HEB | 1 | 13 | ulp5 | figs-metaphor | ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου, ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου | 1 | until I make your enemies a stool for your feet | Here Christ’s **enemies** are spoken of as if they will become an object on which a king rests his **feet**. This image represents defeat and dishonor for his enemies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 77 | HEB | 1 | 14 | fk5v | figs-rquestion | οὐχὶ πάντες εἰσὶν λειτουργικὰ πνεύματα, εἰς διακονίαν ἀποστελλόμενα, διὰ τοὺς μέλλοντας κληρονομεῖν σωτηρίαν? | 1 | Are not all angels spirits … inherit salvation? | The author uses this question to remind the readers that angels are not as powerful as Christ, but they have a different role. Alternate translation: “All angels are spirits who are being sent for service for the sake of those who are going to inherit salvation.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 78 | HEB | 1 | 14 | v541 | figs-metaphor | διὰ τοὺς μέλλοντας κληρονομεῖν σωτηρίαν | 1 | for those who will inherit salvation | Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were inheriting property and wealth from a family member. Alternate translation: “for those whom God will save” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 79 | HEB | 2 | intro | s2gd | 0 | # Hebrews 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is about how Jesus is better than Moses, the greatest Israelite.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:6-8, 12-13, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Brothers<br><br>The author probably uses the term “brothers” to refer to Christians who grew up as Jews. | |||
| 80 | HEB | 2 | 1 | x7px | 0 | Connecting Statement: | This is the first of five urgent warnings the author gives. | ||
| 81 | HEB | 2 | 1 | c72f | figs-exclusive | ἡμᾶς | 1 | we must | Here, **us** refers to the author and includes his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) |
| 82 | HEB | 2 | 1 | ayd1 | figs-metaphor | μήποτε παραρυῶμεν | 1 | so that we do not drift away from it | This could mean: (1) people who stop believing in God’s word are spoken of as if they were drifting away, like a boat drifts from its position in the water. Alternate translation: “so that we do not stop believing it” (2) people who stop obeying God’s words are spoken of as if they were drifting away, like a boat drifts from its position in the water. Alternate translation: “so that we do not stop obeying it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 83 | HEB | 2 | 2 | j4fa | figs-activepassive | εἰ γὰρ ὁ δι’ ἀγγέλων λαληθεὶς λόγος | 1 | For if the message that was spoken through the angels | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “For if the message that God spoke through the angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 84 | HEB | 2 | 2 | k5kb | εἰ γὰρ ὁ…λόγος | 1 | For if the message | The author is certain that these things are true. Alternate translation: “Because the message” | |
| 85 | HEB | 2 | 2 | u52i | figs-metonymy | πᾶσα παράβασις καὶ παρακοὴ ἔλαβεν ἔνδικον μισθαποδοσίαν | 1 | every trespass and disobedience receives just punishment | Here, **transgression** and **disobedience** stand for the people who are guilty of these sins. Alternate translation: “every person who sins and disobeys will receive just punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 86 | HEB | 2 | 2 | y2y7 | figs-doublet | παράβασις καὶ παρακοὴ | 1 | trespass and disobedience | These words **transgression** and **disobedience** mean basically the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) |
| 87 | HEB | 2 | 3 | fv4q | figs-rquestion | πῶς ἡμεῖς ἐκφευξόμεθα τηλικαύτης ἀμελήσαντες σωτηρίας? | 1 | how then can we escape if we ignore so great a salvation? | The author uses this question to emphasize that the people will certainly receive punishment if they refuse God’s **salvation** through Christ. Alternate translation: “then God will certainly punish us if we do not pay attention to his message about how God will save us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 88 | HEB | 2 | 3 | i2zv | ἀμελήσαντες | 1 | ignore | Alternate translation: “pay no attention to” or “consider unimportant” | |
| 89 | HEB | 2 | 3 | gm6v | figs-abstractnouns | τηλικαύτης…σωτηρίας | 1 | This is salvation that was first announced by the Lord and confirmed to us by those who heard it | The abstract noun **salvation** can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “the amazing way that God saves us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 90 | HEB | 2 | 3 | dyn1 | figs-activepassive | πῶς ἡμεῖς ἐκφευξόμεθα τηλικαύτης ἀμελήσαντες σωτηρίας? | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “The Lord himself first announced the message about how God will save us and then those who heard the message confirmed it to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 91 | HEB | 2 | 4 | m2p8 | κατὰ τὴν αὐτοῦ θέλησιν | 1 | according to his will | Alternate translation: “in just the way he wanted to do it” | |
| 92 | HEB | 2 | 5 | i3bh | οὐ γὰρ ἀγγέλοις ὑπέταξεν | 1 | For it was not to the angels that God subjected | Alternate translation: “For God did not make the angels rulers over” | |
| 93 | HEB | 2 | 5 | rqr9 | figs-metonymy | τὴν οἰκουμένην τὴν μέλλουσαν | 1 | the world to come | Here, **the world** refers to the people who live there. And **is coming** means that this is the world in the next age after Christ returns. Alternate translation: “the people who will live in the new world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 94 | HEB | 2 | 6 | jh56 | 0 | General Information: | This verse begins a quotation from the book of Psalms in the Old Testament. It continues on through verse 8. | ||
| 95 | HEB | 2 | 6 | df5a | figs-rquestion | τί ἐστιν ἄνθρωπος, ὅτι μιμνῄσκῃ αὐτοῦ, ἢ υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου, ὅτι ἐπισκέπτῃ αὐτόν? | 1 | What is man, that you are mindful of him? | This rhetorical question emphasizes the insignificance of humans and expresses surprise that God would pay attention to them. Alternate translation: “Humans are insignificant, and yet you think about them and take care of them!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 96 | HEB | 2 | 6 | wkd9 | figs-idiom | υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου | 1 | Or a son of man, that you care for him? | The idiom **a son of man** refers to human beings. Alternate translation: “any human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 97 | HEB | 2 | 6 | e47v | figs-ellipsis | υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου | 1 | Or a son of man | The verb may be supplied from the previous question. Alternate translation: “what is a son of man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 98 | HEB | 2 | 7 | ka5a | figs-metaphor | ἠλάττωσας αὐτὸν, βραχύ τι παρ’ ἀγγέλους | 1 | a little lower than the angels | The author speaks of people being less important than **angels** as if the people are standing in a position that is **lower** than the angels’ position. Alternate translation: “You made him to be less important than the angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 99 | HEB | 2 | 7 | tjn6 | figs-genericnoun | ἠλάττωσας αὐτὸν, βραχύ τι…ἐστεφάνωσας αὐτόν | 1 | made man … crowned him | Here, these two phrases do not refer to a specific person but to humans in general. Alternate translation: “You made humans a little lower … you crowned them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) |
| 100 | HEB | 2 | 7 | d4s6 | figs-gendernotations | αὐτὸν…αὐτόν | 1 | Here, both occurrences of **him** include both males and females. Alternate translation: “men and women … them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) | |
| 101 | HEB | 2 | 7 | s85x | figs-metaphor | δόξῃ καὶ τιμῇ ἐστεφάνωσας αὐτόν | 1 | you crowned him with glory and honor | The gifts of **glory** and **honor** are spoken of as if they were a wreath of leaves placed on the head of a victorious athlete. Alternate translation: “you have given them great glory and honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 102 | HEB | 2 | 8 | ac9f | figs-genericnoun | τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ…αὐτῷ | 1 | his feet … to him | Here, **his** and **him** do not refer to a specific person but to humans in general. Alternate translation: “their feet … to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) |
| 103 | HEB | 2 | 8 | k5j2 | figs-metaphor | πάντα ὑπέταξας ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ | 1 | You put everything in subjection under his feet | The author speaks of humans having control over everything as if they have stepped on everything with their **feet**. Alternate translation: “You have given them control over everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 104 | HEB | 2 | 8 | rf44 | figs-doublenegatives | οὐδὲν ἀφῆκεν αὐτῷ ἀνυπότακτον | 1 | He did not leave anything not subjected to him | This double negative **nothing not** means that all things will be **subjected** to Christ. Alternate translation: “God made everything subject to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) |
| 105 | HEB | 2 | 8 | xy7c | οὔπω ὁρῶμεν αὐτῷ τὰ πάντα ὑποτεταγμένα | 1 | we do not yet see everything subjected to him | Alternate translation: “we know that humans are not in control of everything yet” | |
| 106 | HEB | 2 | 9 | ma4j | figs-activepassive | ἠλαττωμένον | 1 | who was made | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whom God made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 107 | HEB | 2 | 9 | i4fc | βραχύ τι παρ’ ἀγγέλους ἠλαττωμένον…δόξῃ καὶ τιμῇ ἐστεφανωμένον | 1 | lower than the angels … crowned with glory and honor | See how you translated these words in [Hebrews 2:7](../02/07.md). | |
| 108 | HEB | 2 | 9 | bil4 | figs-metaphor | γεύσηται θανάτου | 1 | he might taste death | The experience of **death** is spoken of as if it were food that people can **taste**. Alternate translation: “he might experience death” or “he might die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 109 | HEB | 2 | 10 | r899 | figs-metaphor | πολλοὺς υἱοὺς εἰς δόξαν ἀγαγόντα | 1 | bring many sons to glory | The gift of **glory** is spoken of here as if it were a place to which people could be **brought**. Alternate translation: “having saved many sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 110 | HEB | 2 | 10 | l95y | figs-gendernotations | πολλοὺς υἱοὺς | 1 | many sons | Here, **sons** refers to believers in Christ, including males and females. Alternate translation: “many believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) |
| 111 | HEB | 2 | 10 | sw9t | figs-metaphor | τὸν ἀρχηγὸν τῆς σωτηρίας αὐτῶν | 1 | the leader of their salvation | This could mean: (1) the word translated here as **author** can mean “founder” and speaks of Jesus as the one who establishes salvation, or makes it possible for God to save people. Alternate translation: “the one who makes their salvation possible” (2) the word translated here as **author** can mean “prince” or “leader” and speaks of Jesus as the leader who goes before the people and leads them to salvation. Alternate translation: “the one who leads people to salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 112 | HEB | 2 | 10 | l321 | figs-metaphor | τελειῶσαι | 1 | complete | Becoming mature and completely trained is spoken of as if a person were made “perfect”, perhaps complete in all his body parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 113 | HEB | 2 | 11 | jy9p | 0 | General Information: | This verse is a prophetic quotation that comes from a Psalm of King David. | ||
| 114 | HEB | 2 | 11 | ky9v | ὅ…ἁγιάζων | 1 | the one who sanctifies | Alternate translation: “the one who makes others holy” or “the one who makes others pure from sin” | |
| 115 | HEB | 2 | 11 | jzw3 | figs-activepassive | οἱ ἁγιαζόμενοι | 1 | those who are sanctified | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom he makes holy” or “those whom he makes pure from sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 116 | HEB | 2 | 11 | bj7i | figs-explicit | ἐξ ἑνὸς | 1 | have one source | You can state clearly who that **one** is. Alternate translation: “have one source, God himself” or “have the same Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 117 | HEB | 2 | 11 | ul23 | οὐκ ἐπαισχύνεται | 1 | he is not ashamed | Alternate translation: “Jesus is not ashamed” | |
| 118 | HEB | 2 | 11 | k1q5 | figs-doublenegatives | οὐκ ἐπαισχύνεται ἀδελφοὺς αὐτοὺς καλεῖν | 1 | is not ashamed to call them brothers | This double negative **not ashamed** means that he will claim them as his **brothers**. Alternate translation: “is pleased to call them his brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) |
| 119 | HEB | 2 | 11 | a8h9 | figs-gendernotations | ἀδελφοὺς | 1 | brothers | Here, **brothers** refers to all who have believed in Jesus, including both men and women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) |
| 120 | HEB | 2 | 12 | e88p | figs-metonymy | ἀπαγγελῶ τὸ ὄνομά σου τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς μου | 1 | I will proclaim your name to my brothers | Here, **name** refers to the person’s reputation and what they have done. Alternate translation: “I will proclaim to my brothers the great things you have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 121 | HEB | 2 | 12 | tn8n | ἐν μέσῳ ἐκκλησίας | 1 | from inside the assembly | Alternate translation: “when believers come together to worship God” | |
| 122 | HEB | 2 | 13 | dx1q | 0 | General Information: | The prophet Isaiah wrote these quotations. | ||
| 123 | HEB | 2 | 13 | s1fp | καὶ πάλιν, | 1 | And again, | Alternate translation: “And a prophet wrote in another scripture passage what Christ said about God:” | |
| 124 | HEB | 2 | 13 | xap9 | figs-metaphor | τὰ παιδία | 1 | the children | This speaks about those who believe in Christ as if they were **children**. Alternate translation: “those who are like my children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 125 | HEB | 2 | 14 | qj3d | figs-metaphor | τὰ παιδία | 1 | the children | This speaks about those who believe in Christ as if they were **children**. See how you translated **children** in [verse 13](../02/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 126 | HEB | 2 | 14 | ndv2 | figs-idiom | κεκοινώνηκεν αἵματος καὶ σαρκός | 1 | share in flesh and blood | The phrase **flesh and blood** refers to people’s human nature. Alternate translation: “are all human beings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 127 | HEB | 2 | 14 | fy7a | καὶ αὐτὸς παραπλησίως μετέσχεν τῶν αὐτῶν | 1 | he likewise shared in the same | Alternate translation: “Jesus in the same way shared in flesh and blood” or “Jesus became human in the same way they did” | |
| 128 | HEB | 2 | 14 | p878 | figs-abstractnouns | διὰ τοῦ θανάτου | 1 | through death | You can state the abstract noun **death** as a verb. Alternate translation: “by dying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 129 | HEB | 2 | 14 | ij54 | figs-abstractnouns | τὸ κράτος ἔχοντα τοῦ θανάτου | 1 | has the power of death | You can state the abstract noun **death** as a verb. Alternate translation: “has the power to cause people to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 130 | HEB | 2 | 15 | w3cr | figs-metaphor | ἀπαλλάξῃ τούτους, ὅσοι φόβῳ θανάτου, διὰ παντὸς τοῦ ζῆν, ἔνοχοι ἦσαν δουλείας | 1 | This was so that he would free all those who through fear of death lived all their lives in slavery | The **fear of death** is spoken of as if it had taken someone into **slavery**. Taking away someone’s fear is spoken of as it were freeing that person from slavery. Alternate translation: “this was so he might free all people. For we lived like slaves because we were afraid of dying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 131 | HEB | 2 | 17 | agw2 | ὤφειλεν | 1 | it was necessary for him | Alternate translation: “it was necessary for Jesus” | |
| 132 | HEB | 2 | 17 | v3pw | τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς ὁμοιωθῆναι | 1 | like his brothers | Here, **brothers** refers to people in general. Alternate translation: “to become like human beings” | |
| 133 | HEB | 2 | 17 | u6ch | εἰς τὸ ἱλάσκεσθαι τὰς ἁμαρτίας τοῦ λαοῦ | 1 | he would bring about the pardon of the people’s sins | Christ’s death on the cross means that God can forgive sins. Alternate translation: “he would make it possible for God to forgive people’s sins” | |
| 134 | HEB | 2 | 18 | xde4 | figs-activepassive | πειρασθείς | 1 | was tempted | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “when Satan tempted him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 135 | HEB | 2 | 18 | a3a6 | figs-activepassive | πειραζομένοις | 1 | who are tempted | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whom Satan is tempting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 136 | HEB | 3 | intro | mu26 | 0 | # Hebrews 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:7-11,15, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Brothers<br><br>The author probably uses the term “brothers” to refer to Christians who grew up as Jews.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Harden your hearts<br><br>A person who hardens his heart is a person who will not listen to or obey God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>The author uses rhetorical questions as a way of warning his readers. Both he and the readers know the answers to the questions, and the writer knows that as the readers think about the answers to the questions, they will realize that they need to listen to God and obey him. | |||
| 137 | HEB | 3 | 1 | m1cv | 0 | Connecting Statement: | This second warning is longer and more detailed and includes chapters 3 and 4. The writer begins by showing that Christ is better than his servant Moses. | ||
| 138 | HEB | 3 | 1 | tp7e | figs-metaphor | ἀδελφοὶ ἅγιοι | 1 | holy brothers | Here, **brothers** refer to fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “holy brothers and sisters” or “my holy fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 139 | HEB | 3 | 1 | af15 | figs-metonymy | κλήσεως ἐπουρανίου, μέτοχοι | 1 | you share in a heavenly calling | Here, **heavenly** represents God. Alternate translation: “God has called us together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 140 | HEB | 3 | 1 | zma3 | τὸν ἀπόστολον | 1 | the apostle and high priest | Here the word **apostle** means someone who has been sent. In this passage, it does not refer to any of the twelve apostles. Alternate translation: “the one whom God sent and is the high priest” | |
| 141 | HEB | 3 | 1 | mnd4 | figs-abstractnouns | τῆς ὁμολογίας ἡμῶν | 1 | of our confession | This can be reworded so that the abstract noun **confession** is expressed as the verb “confess.” Alternate translation: “whom we confess” or “in whom we believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 142 | HEB | 3 | 2 | eqp7 | figs-metaphor | ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ αὐτοῦ | 1 | in God’s house | The Hebrew people to whom God revealed himself are spoken of as if they were a **house**. Alternate translation: “to all of God’s people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 143 | HEB | 3 | 3 | py5n | figs-activepassive | οὗτος…ἠξίωται | 1 | Jesus has been considered | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God has considered Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 144 | HEB | 3 | 4 | f8n8 | figs-metaphor | ὁ…πάντα κατασκευάσας | 1 | the one who built everything | God’s acts of creating the world are spoken of as if he had **built** a house. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 145 | HEB | 3 | 4 | wvw1 | figs-activepassive | πᾶς…οἶκος κατασκευάζεται ὑπό τινος | 1 | every house is built by someone | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “every house has someone who built it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 146 | HEB | 3 | 5 | d57q | figs-metaphor | ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ οἴκῳ αὐτοῦ | 1 | in God’s entire house | The Hebrew people to whom God revealed himself are spoken of as if they were a **house**. See how you translated this in [Hebrews 3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 147 | HEB | 3 | 5 | m4xr | figs-metonymy | εἰς μαρτύριον τῶν λαληθησομένων | 1 | bearing witness about the things | Here, **testimony** probably refers to all of Moses’ work. Alternate translation: “and Moses’ life and work pointed to the things that will be spoken of in the future” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 148 | HEB | 3 | 5 | gt8c | figs-activepassive | λαληθησομένων | 1 | were to be spoken of in the future | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus would say in the future” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 149 | HEB | 3 | 6 | dgt5 | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Υἱὸς | 1 | Son | **Son** is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 150 | HEB | 3 | 6 | djm7 | figs-metaphor | ἐπὶ τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ | 1 | in charge of God’s house | This speaks about God’s people as if they were a **house**. Alternate translation: “who rules over God’s people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 151 | HEB | 3 | 6 | ly4x | figs-metaphor | οὗ οἶκός ἐσμεν ἡμεῖς | 1 | We are his house | This speaks of God’s people as if they are a **house**. Alternate translation: “and we are God’s people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 152 | HEB | 3 | 6 | kp9y | figs-abstractnouns | ἐὰν τὴν παρρησίαν καὶ τὸ καύχημα τῆς ἐλπίδος κατάσχωμεν | 1 | if we hold fast to our courage and the hope of which we boast | You can state the abstract nouns **confidence** and **hope** as verbs. Alternate translation: “if we continue to be courageous and joyfully expect God to do what he has promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 153 | HEB | 3 | 7 | c4sl | 0 | General Information: | This quotation comes from the Old Testament in the book of Psalms. | ||
| 154 | HEB | 3 | 7 | u66q | figs-metonymy | ἐὰν τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ ἀκούσητε | 1 | if you hear his voice | God’s **voice** represents him speaking. Alternate translation: “when you hear God speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 155 | HEB | 3 | 8 | gl2k | figs-metonymy | τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν | 1 | do not harden your hearts | Here, **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s mind. Alternate translation: “the way you think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 156 | HEB | 3 | 8 | tz3s | figs-metaphor | μὴ σκληρύνητε τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν | 1 | The phrase **harden your hearts** is a metaphor for being stubborn. Alternate translation: “do not be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 157 | HEB | 3 | 8 | lik3 | figs-abstractnouns | ὡς ἐν τῷ παραπικρασμῷ, κατὰ τὴν ἡμέραν τοῦ πειρασμοῦ, ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ | 1 | as in the rebellion, in the time of testing in the wilderness | You can state the abstract nouns **rebellion** and **testing** as verbs. Alternate translation: “as when your ancestors rebelled against God and tested him in the wilderness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 158 | HEB | 3 | 9 | e6n7 | 0 | General Information: | This quotation is from the Psalms. | ||
| 159 | HEB | 3 | 9 | i3wb | figs-you | οἱ πατέρες ὑμῶν | 1 | your ancestors | Here, **your** is plural and refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) |
| 160 | HEB | 3 | 9 | q7c2 | ἐν δοκιμασίᾳ | 1 | by testing me | Here, **me** refers to God. | |
| 161 | HEB | 3 | 10 | upb8 | προσώχθισα | 1 | I was displeased | Alternate translation: “I was angry with” or “I was greatly unhappy with” | |
| 162 | HEB | 3 | 10 | kh4v | figs-metaphor | ἀεὶ πλανῶνται τῇ καρδίᾳ | 1 | They have always gone astray in their hearts | Here, **being led astray in their hearts** is a metaphor for not being loyal to God. Alternate translation: “They have always rejected me” or “They have always refused to obey me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 163 | HEB | 3 | 10 | rmqh | figs-metonymy | τῇ καρδίᾳ | 1 | Here, **hearts** is a metonym for minds or desires. Alternate translation: “in the way they think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 164 | HEB | 3 | 10 | l5t7 | figs-metaphor | οὐκ ἔγνωσαν τὰς ὁδούς μου | 1 | They have not known my ways | Here, **my ways** speaks of a manner of conducting one’s life as if it were a way or a path. Alternate translation: “They have not understood how I want them to conduct their lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 165 | HEB | 3 | 11 | tz3l | figs-metaphor | εἰ εἰσελεύσονται εἰς τὴν κατάπαυσίν μου | 1 | They will never enter my rest | The peace and security provided by God are spoken of as if they were **rest** that he can give, and as if they were a place to which people could go. Alternate translation: “They will never enter the place of rest” or “I will never allow them to experience my blessings of rest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 166 | HEB | 3 | 12 | gv84 | figs-metaphor | ἀδελφοί | 1 | brothers | Here, **brothers** refers to fellow Christians, including males and females. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” or “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 167 | HEB | 3 | 12 | gua2 | figs-metaphor | μήποτε ἔσται ἔν τινι ὑμῶν καρδία πονηρὰ ἀπιστίας, ἐν τῷ ἀποστῆναι ἀπὸ Θεοῦ ζῶντος | 1 | Refusing to believe and obey God is spoken of as if the heart did not believe and it physically fell **away from** God. Alternate translation: “there will not be any of you who refuse to believe the truth and who stop obeying the living God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 168 | HEB | 3 | 12 | lma5 | figs-metonymy | καρδία πονηρὰ ἀπιστίας | 1 | there will not be anyone with an evil heart of unbelief, a heart that turns away from the living God | Here, **heart** is a metonym that represents a person’s mind or will. Alternate translation: “an evil attitude of not believing God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 169 | HEB | 3 | 12 | kjm7 | Θεοῦ ζῶντος | 1 | the living God | Alternate translation: “the true God who is really alive” | |
| 170 | HEB | 3 | 13 | d3k2 | ἄχρις οὗ, τὸ σήμερον, καλεῖται | 1 | as long as it is called “today,” | Alternate translation: “while there is still opportunity,” | |
| 171 | HEB | 3 | 13 | m1e7 | figs-activepassive | μὴ σκληρυνθῇ τις ἐξ ὑμῶν ἀπάτῃ τῆς ἁμαρτίας | 1 | no one among you will be hardened by the deceitfulness of sin | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the deceitfulness of sin will not harden any of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 172 | HEB | 3 | 13 | b198 | figs-metaphor | μὴ σκληρυνθῇ τις ἐξ ὑμῶν ἀπάτῃ τῆς ἁμαρτίας | 1 | no one among you will be hardened by the deceitfulness of sin | Being stubborn is spoken of as being **hardened** or having a hard heart. The hardness is a result of being deceived by sin. Alternate translation: “no one among you will be deceived by sin and become stubborn” or “you do not sin, deceiving yourselves so that you become stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 173 | HEB | 3 | 13 | sye2 | figs-abstractnouns | ἀπάτῃ τῆς ἁμαρτίας | 1 | You can translate the abstract noun **deceitfulness** as the verb “deceive.” Alternate translation: “because you are deceived by sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 174 | HEB | 3 | 14 | znu5 | 0 | General Information: | This continues the quotation from the same psalm that was also quoted in [Hebrews 3:7](../03/07.md). | ||
| 175 | HEB | 3 | 14 | f52j | figs-exclusive | γὰρ…γεγόναμεν | 1 | For we have become | Here, **we** refers to both the writer and the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) |
| 176 | HEB | 3 | 14 | e753 | ἐάνπερ τὴν ἀρχὴν τῆς ὑποστάσεως…βεβαίαν κατάσχωμεν | 1 | if we firmly hold to our confidence in him | Alternate translation: “if we continue, as we first did, to confidently trust in him” | |
| 177 | HEB | 3 | 14 | j3aq | τὴν ἀρχὴν | 1 | from the beginning | Alternate translation: “from when we first begin to believe in him” | |
| 178 | HEB | 3 | 14 | l9en | figs-euphemism | μέχρι τέλους | 1 | to the end | Here, **the end** is a polite way of referring to when a person dies. Alternate translation: “until we die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) |
| 179 | HEB | 3 | 15 | bym1 | figs-activepassive | λέγεσθαι | 1 | it has been said | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the writer wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 180 | HEB | 3 | 15 | wa11 | figs-metonymy | ἐὰν τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ ἀκούσητε | 1 | if you hear his voice | God’s **voice** represents him speaking. See how you translated this in [Hebrews 3:7](../03/07.md). Alternate translation: “when you hear God speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 181 | HEB | 3 | 15 | j8dh | figs-abstractnouns | ὡς ἐν τῷ παραπικρασμῷ | 1 | as in the rebellion | You can state **rebellion** as a verb. See how you translated this in [Hebrews 3:8](../03/08.md). Alternate translation: “as when your ancestors rebelled against God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 182 | HEB | 3 | 16 | b4jy | figs-exclusive | πάντες οἱ | 1 | The phrase, **all those** refers to the disobedient Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
| 183 | HEB | 3 | 16 | pwl2 | figs-rquestion | τίνες γὰρ ἀκούσαντες παρεπίκραναν? ἀλλ’ οὐ πάντες οἱ ἐξελθόντες ἐξ Αἰγύπτου διὰ Μωϋσέως? | 1 | Who was it who heard God and rebelled? Was it not all those who came out of Egypt through Moses? | The author uses these two questions to teach his readers. The questions can be joined as one statement, if needed. Alternate translation: “All those who came out of Egypt with Moses heard God, yet they still rebelled.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 184 | HEB | 3 | 17 | swy4 | figs-rquestion | τίσιν δὲ προσώχθισεν τεσσεράκοντα ἔτη? οὐχὶ τοῖς ἁμαρτήσασιν, ὧν τὰ κῶλα ἔπεσεν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ? | 1 | With whom was he angry for forty years? Was it not with those who sinned, whose dead bodies fell in the wilderness? | The author uses these two questions to teach his readers. The questions can be joined as one statement, if needed. Alternate translation: “For 40 years, God was angry with those who sinned, and he let them die in the wilderness.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 185 | HEB | 3 | 18 | l1gc | figs-rquestion | τίσιν δὲ ὤμοσεν μὴ εἰσελεύσεσθαι εἰς τὴν κατάπαυσιν αὐτοῦ, εἰ μὴ τοῖς ἀπειθήσασιν? | 1 | To whom did he swear that they would not enter his rest, if it was not to those who disobeyed him? | The author uses this question to teach his readers. Alternate translation: “And it was to those who disobeyed that he swore they would not enter his rest.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 186 | HEB | 3 | 18 | q16u | figs-metaphor | μὴ εἰσελεύσεσθαι εἰς τὴν κατάπαυσιν αὐτοῦ | 1 | they would not enter his rest | The peace and security provided by God are spoken of as if they were **rest** that he can give, and as if they were a place to which people could go. Alternate translation: “they would not come into the place of rest” or “they would not experience his blessings of rest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 187 | HEB | 3 | 19 | x18z | figs-abstractnouns | δι’ ἀπιστίαν | 1 | because of unbelief | You can translate the abstract noun **unbelief** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “because they did not believe him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 188 | HEB | 4 | intro | u72n | 0 | # Hebrews 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter tells why Jesus is the greatest high priest.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:3-4, 7, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s rest<br><br>The word **rest** seems to refer to at least two things in this chapter. It refers to a place or time when God will allow his people to rest from their work ([Hebrews 4:3](../heb/04/03.md)), and it refers to God resting on the seventh day ([Hebrews 4:4](../heb/04/04.md)). | |||
| 189 | HEB | 4 | 1 | n98m | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Chapter 4 continues the warning to believers starting in [Hebrews 3:7](../03/07.md). God, through the writer, gives believers a rest of which God’s rest in the creation of the world is a picture. | ||
| 190 | HEB | 4 | 1 | ay25 | οὖν | 1 | Therefore | Alternate translation: “Because what I have just said is true” or “Since God will certainly punish those who do not obey” | |
| 191 | HEB | 4 | 1 | zta2 | figs-metaphor | μήποτε καταλειπομένης ἐπαγγελίας εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν κατάπαυσιν αὐτοῦ, δοκῇ τις ἐξ ὑμῶν ὑστερηκέναι | 1 | none of you might seem to have failed to reach the promise left behind for you to enter God’s rest | God’s **promise** is spoken of as if it were a gift that God left behind when he visited the people. Alternate translation: “so that none of you fail to enter into God’s rest, which he promised to us” or “so that God will allow you all to enter into his rest as he promised us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 192 | HEB | 4 | 1 | ev85 | figs-metaphor | εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν κατάπαυσιν αὐτοῦ | 1 | to enter God’s rest | The peace and security provided by God are spoken of as if they were **rest** that he can give, and as if they were a place to which people could go. Alternate translation: “to enter the place of rest” or “to experience God’s blessings of rest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 193 | HEB | 4 | 2 | m74h | figs-activepassive | καὶ γάρ ἐσμεν εὐηγγελισμένοι καθάπερ κἀκεῖνοι | 1 | For we were told the good news just as they were | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “For we also heard the good news just as they did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 194 | HEB | 4 | 2 | znk9 | καθάπερ κἀκεῖνοι | 1 | as they were | Here, **them** refers to the Hebrews’ ancestors who were alive during the time of Moses. | |
| 195 | HEB | 4 | 2 | zza4 | figs-doublenegatives | ἀλλ’ οὐκ ὠφέλησεν ὁ λόγος τῆς ἀκοῆς ἐκείνους, μὴ συνκεκερασμένους τῇ πίστει τοῖς ἀκούσασιν | 1 | But that message did not benefit those who did not unite in faith with those who obeyed | The author is talking about a second group of people **who heard** **the message** but who did not believe it. You can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “But that message benefited only those who believed and obeyed it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) |
| 196 | HEB | 4 | 3 | v4q4 | ὡς ὤμοσα ἐν τῇ ὀργῇ μου, εἰ εἰσελεύσονται εἰς τὴν κατάπαυσίν μου | 1 | This quotation is from a psalm. | ||
| 197 | HEB | 4 | 3 | w6t4 | figs-metaphor | εἰσερχόμεθα…εἰς κατάπαυσιν, οἱ πιστεύσαντες | 1 | we who have believed enter that rest | The peace and security provided by God are spoken of as if they were **rest** that he can give, and as if they were a place to which people could go. Alternate translation: “we who have believed will enter the place of rest” or “we who have believed will experience God’s blessings of rest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 198 | HEB | 4 | 3 | x2kq | καθὼς εἴρηκεν | 1 | just as he said | Alternate translation: “just as God said” | |
| 199 | HEB | 4 | 3 | qfs8 | ὡς ὤμοσα ἐν τῇ ὀργῇ μου | 1 | As I swore in my wrath | Alternate translation: “As I swore when I was very angry” | |
| 200 | HEB | 4 | 3 | k1ld | figs-metaphor | εἰ εἰσελεύσονται εἰς τὴν κατάπαυσίν μου | 1 | They will never enter my rest | The peace and security provided by God are spoken of as if they were **rest** that he can give, and as if they were a place to which people could go. Alternate translation: “They will never enter the place of rest” or “They will never experience my blessings of rest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 201 | HEB | 4 | 3 | x8zv | figs-activepassive | τῶν ἔργων…γενηθέντων | 1 | his works were finished | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “he finished creating” or “he finished his works of creation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 202 | HEB | 4 | 3 | vym3 | figs-metaphor | ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου | 1 | from the foundation of the world | The author speaks of the **world** as if it were a building set on a **foundation**. Alternate translation: “at the beginning of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 203 | HEB | 4 | 4 | hbm5 | translate-ordinal | τῆς ἑβδόμης | 1 | the seventh day | The word **seventh** is the ordinal number for “seven.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) |
| 204 | HEB | 4 | 4 | jojq | καὶ κατέπαυσεν ὁ Θεὸς ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ἑβδόμῃ ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν ἔργων αὐτοῦ | 1 | This quotation is from Moses’ writings. | ||
| 205 | HEB | 4 | 5 | qfjr | εἰ εἰσελεύσονται εἰς τὴν κατάπαυσίν μου | 1 | This quotation is from the same psalm as the quotation in verse [3](../04/03.md). | ||
| 206 | HEB | 4 | 5 | zq16 | figs-metaphor | εἰ εἰσελεύσονται εἰς τὴν κατάπαυσίν μου | 1 | it still remains that some will enter his rest | The peace and security provided by God are spoken of as if they were **rest** that he can give, and as if they were a place to which people could go. Alternate translation: “God still allows some people to enter his place of rest” or “God still allows some people to experience his blessings of rest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 207 | HEB | 4 | 6 | twwv | figs-activepassive | ἀπολείπεται τινὰς εἰσελθεῖν εἰς αὐτήν | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God still allows some people to enter his place of rest” or “God still allows some people to experience his blessings of rest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 208 | HEB | 4 | 7 | y2tm | 0 | General Information: | Here we find out that this quotation from the Psalms was written by David ([Hebrews 3:7-8](../03/07.md)). | ||
| 209 | HEB | 4 | 7 | bp6u | figs-metaphor | ἐὰν τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ ἀκούσητε | 1 | if you hear his voice | God’s commands to Israel are spoken of as if he had given them in an audible **voice**. See how you translated this in [Hebrews 3:7](../03/07.md). Alternate translation: “if you hear God speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 210 | HEB | 4 | 7 | lsp6 | figs-metonymy | τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν | 1 | do not harden your hearts | Here, **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s mind. See how you translated this in [Hebrews 3:8](../03/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 211 | HEB | 4 | 7 | pktz | figs-metaphor | μὴ σκληρύνητε τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν | 1 | The phrase **harden your hearts** is a metaphor for being stubborn. See how you translated this in [Hebrews 3:8](../03/08.md). Alternate translation: “do not be stubborn” or “do not refuse to listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 212 | HEB | 4 | 8 | mdq9 | figs-metaphor | εἰ…αὐτοὺς Ἰησοῦς κατέπαυσεν | 1 | if Joshua had given them rest | The peace and security provided by God are spoken of as if they were **rest** that **Joshua** could give. Alternate translation: “if Joshua had brought the Israelites to the place where God would give them rest” or “if the Israelites during the time of Joshua had experienced God’s blessings of rest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 213 | HEB | 4 | 9 | vhx9 | figs-activepassive | ἀπολείπεται σαββατισμὸς τῷ λαῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | there is still a Sabbath rest reserved for God’s people | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “there is still a Sabbath rest that God has reserved for his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 214 | HEB | 4 | 9 | qe6x | figs-metaphor | σαββατισμὸς | 1 | a Sabbath rest | Eternal peace and security are spoken of as if they were the **Sabbath** day, the Jewish day of worship and **rest** from working. Alternate translation: “an eternal rest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 215 | HEB | 4 | 10 | ej9y | figs-metaphor | ὁ…εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὴν κατάπαυσιν αὐτοῦ | 1 | he who enters into God’s rest | The peace and security provided by God are spoken of as if they are a place to enter. Alternate translation: “the person who enters into God’s place of rest” or “the person who experiences God’s blessings of rest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 216 | HEB | 4 | 11 | bmg5 | figs-metaphor | σπουδάσωμεν…εἰσελθεῖν εἰς ἐκείνην τὴν κατάπαυσιν | 1 | let us be eager to enter that rest | The peace and security provided by God are spoken of as if they were a place **to enter**. Alternate translation: “we should also do everything we can to rest with God where he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 217 | HEB | 4 | 11 | rtj7 | figs-metaphor | ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ τις ὑποδείγματι πέσῃ τῆς ἀπειθείας | 1 | will fall into the kind of disobedience that they did | Here, **disobedience** is spoken of as if it were a hole that a person could physically **fall into** by accident. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 218 | HEB | 4 | 11 | uznd | figs-abstractnouns | ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ…ὑποδείγματι πέσῃ τῆς ἀπειθείας | 1 | You can reword this passage to express the abstract noun **disobedience** with the verb “disobey.” Alternate translation: “will disobey in the same way as they did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 219 | HEB | 4 | 12 | h5d2 | ζῶν…ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | the word of God is living | Here, **the Word of God** refers to anything that God has communicated to humanity, whether through speech or through written messages. Alternate translation: “the words of God are living” | |
| 220 | HEB | 4 | 12 | j9qy | figs-personification | ζῶν…καὶ ἐνεργὴς | 1 | living and active | This speaks about God’s word as if it were alive. It means when God speaks, it is powerful and effective. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) |
| 221 | HEB | 4 | 12 | g4tc | figs-metaphor | τομώτερος, ὑπὲρ πᾶσαν μάχαιραν δίστομον | 1 | sharper than any two-edged sword | A **two-edged sword** can easily cut through a person’s flesh. God’s word is very effective in showing what is in a person’s heart and thoughts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 222 | HEB | 4 | 12 | lv6y | μάχαιραν δίστομον | 1 | two-edged sword | a **sword** with a blade that is sharp on both edges | |
| 223 | HEB | 4 | 12 | e7kv | figs-metaphor | καὶ διϊκνούμενος ἄχρι μερισμοῦ ψυχῆς καὶ πνεύματος, ἁρμῶν τε καὶ μυελῶν | 1 | It pierces even to the dividing of soul and spirit, of joints and marrow | This continues speaking about God’s word as if it were a sword. Here the sword is so sharp that it can cut through and divide parts of the human that are very difficult or even impossible to divide. This means that there is nothing inside us that we can hide from God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 224 | HEB | 4 | 12 | m6f2 | ψυχῆς καὶ πνεύματος | 1 | soul and spirit | The **soul** and the **spirit** are two different but closely related nonphysical parts of a human. The **soul** is what causes a person to be alive. The **spirit** is the part of a person that causes him to be able to know and believe in God. | |
| 225 | HEB | 4 | 12 | sc3m | ἁρμῶν τε καὶ μυελῶν | 1 | joints and marrow | The **joints** are what hold bones together. The **marrow** is the center part of the bone. | |
| 226 | HEB | 4 | 12 | n6n5 | figs-personification | κριτικὸς | 1 | is able to discern | This speaks about God’s word as if it were a person who could decide whether a person’s thoughts were right or wrong. Alternate translation: “exposes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) |
| 227 | HEB | 4 | 12 | xdu4 | figs-metonymy | ἐνθυμήσεων καὶ ἐννοιῶν καρδίας | 1 | the thoughts and intentions of the heart | Here, **heart** here is a metonym for “inner self.” Alternate translation: “what a person is thinking and intends to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 228 | HEB | 4 | 13 | nx6n | figs-activepassive | οὐκ ἔστιν κτίσις ἀφανὴς ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ | 1 | Nothing created is hidden before God | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “nothing that God has created can hide from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 229 | HEB | 4 | 13 | f3h1 | figs-metaphor | πάντα…γυμνὰ καὶ τετραχηλισμένα | 1 | everything is bare and open | This speaks about all things as if they were a person standing **bare**, or a container that is **open**. Alternate translation: “everything is completely exposed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 230 | HEB | 4 | 13 | yk64 | figs-doublet | γυμνὰ καὶ τετραχηλισμένα | 1 | bare and open | The two words **bare** and **open** mean basically the same thing and emphasize that nothing is hidden from God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) |
| 231 | HEB | 4 | 13 | i9hh | figs-metaphor | τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς αὐτοῦ, πρὸς ὃν ἡμῖν ὁ λόγος | 1 | to the eyes of the one to whom we must give account | God is spoken of as if he had **eyes**. Alternate translation: “to God, who will judge how we have lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 232 | HEB | 4 | 14 | a51p | διεληλυθότα τοὺς οὐρανούς | 1 | who has passed through the heavens | Alternate translation: “who has entered where God is” | |
| 233 | HEB | 4 | 14 | ph6z | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | Son of God | **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 234 | HEB | 4 | 14 | vt4v | figs-metaphor | κρατῶμεν τῆς ὁμολογίας | 1 | let us firmly hold to our beliefs | Belief and trust are spoken of as if they were objects that a person could grasp **firmly**. Alternate translation: “let us continue to believe confidently in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 235 | HEB | 4 | 15 | i2fw | figs-doublenegatives | οὐ…ἔχομεν ἀρχιερέα μὴ δυνάμενον συνπαθῆσαι ταῖς ἀσθενείαις ἡμῶν, πεπειρασμένον δὲ | 1 | we do not have a high priest who cannot feel sympathy … Instead, we have | This double negative **not … not** means that, in fact, Jesus does feel sympathy with people. Alternate translation: “we have a high priest who can feel sympathy when we are weak, and who was tempted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) |
| 236 | HEB | 4 | 15 | d26h | figs-activepassive | πεπειρασμένον…κατὰ πάντα καθ’ ὁμοιότητα | 1 | who has in all ways been tempted as we are | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “who has endured temptation in every way that we have” or “whom the devil has tempted in every way that he tempts us, yet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 237 | HEB | 4 | 15 | fve3 | χωρὶς ἁμαρτίας | 1 | he is without sin | Alternate translation: “but he did not sin” | |
| 238 | HEB | 4 | 16 | aj1p | figs-metonymy | τῷ θρόνῳ | 1 | to the throne of grace | Here, **the throne** refers to God ruling as king. Alternate translation: “to where our gracious God is sitting on his throne” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 239 | HEB | 4 | 16 | py6d | figs-metaphor | λάβωμεν ἔλεος, καὶ χάριν εὕρωμεν, εἰς εὔκαιρον βοήθειαν | 1 | we may receive mercy and find grace to help in time of need | Here, **mercy** and **grace** are spoken of as if they were objects that can be given or can be found. Alternate translation: “God may be merciful and gracious and help us in time of need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 240 | HEB | 5 | intro | b67j | 0 | # Hebrews 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is a continuation of the teaching of the previous chapter.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 5:5-6.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### High priest<br><br>Only a high priest could offer sacrifices so that God could forgive sins, so Jesus had to be a high priest. The law of Moses commanded that the high priest be from the tribe of Levi, but Jesus was from the tribe of Judah. God made him a priest like the priest Melchizedek, who lived at the time of Abraham, before there was a tribe of Levi.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Milk and solid food<br><br>The writer speaks of Christians who are only able to understand simple things about Jesus as if they were babies, who drink only milk and cannot eat solid food. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |||
| 241 | HEB | 5 | 1 | dn18 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | The writer describes the sinfulness of the Old Testament priests, then he shows that Christ has a better kind of priesthood, not based on Aaron’s priesthood but on the priesthood of Melchizedek. | ||
| 242 | HEB | 5 | 1 | whq1 | figs-activepassive | ἐξ ἀνθρώπων λαμβανόμενος | 1 | chosen from among people | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whom God chooses from among the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 243 | HEB | 5 | 1 | ndz7 | figs-activepassive | καθίσταται | 1 | is appointed | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God appoints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 244 | HEB | 5 | 1 | mzd9 | ὑπὲρ ἀνθρώπων καθίσταται | 1 | to act on the behalf of people | Alternate translation: “is appointed to represent the people” | |
| 245 | HEB | 5 | 2 | gt9j | figs-activepassive | πλανωμένοις | 1 | those … who have been deceived | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whom others have deceived” or “who believe what is false” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 246 | HEB | 5 | 2 | f781 | πλανωμένοις | 1 | who have been deceived | Alternate translation: “who believe false things and so behave badly” | |
| 247 | HEB | 5 | 2 | ny8u | figs-metaphor | περίκειται ἀσθένειαν | 1 | is subject to weakness | The high priest’s own **weakness** is spoken of as if it were another person who rules over him. Alternate translation: “is spiritually weak” or “is controlled by his weakness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 248 | HEB | 5 | 2 | ihs9 | ἀσθένειαν | 1 | weakness | the desire to sin | |
| 249 | HEB | 5 | 3 | q5xi | figs-activepassive | ὀφείλει | 1 | he also is required | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God also requires him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 250 | HEB | 5 | 4 | c336 | figs-metaphor | λαμβάνει τὴν τιμήν | 1 | takes this honor | Here, **honor** is spoken of as if it were an object that a person could grasp in his hands. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 251 | HEB | 5 | 4 | n2e1 | figs-metonymy | λαμβάνει τὴν τιμήν | 1 | takes this honor | The **honor** or praise and respect that people gave to the high priest stand for his task. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 252 | HEB | 5 | 4 | p6hc | figs-activepassive | καλούμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ, καθώσπερ καὶ Ἀαρών | 1 | he is called by God, just as Aaron was | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God called him, just as he called Aaron” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 253 | HEB | 5 | 5 | c45n | Υἱός μου εἶ σύ, ἐγὼ σήμερον γεγέννηκά σε | 1 | This quotation is from the Psalms in the Old Testament. | ||
| 254 | HEB | 5 | 5 | pr3f | ὁ λαλήσας πρὸς αὐτόν | 1 | the one speaking to him said | Alternate translation: “God said to him” | |
| 255 | HEB | 5 | 5 | i694 | figs-parallelism | Υἱός μου εἶ σύ, ἐγὼ σήμερον γεγέννηκά σε | 1 | You are my Son; today I have become your Father | These two clauses mean essentially the same thing. See how you translated this in [Hebrews 1:5](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) |
| 256 | HEB | 5 | 5 | mfa8 | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Υἱός | 1 | Son … Father | **Son** is important title that describe the relationship between Jesus and God the Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 257 | HEB | 5 | 6 | bce6 | 0 | General Information: | This prophecy is from a Psalm of David. | ||
| 258 | HEB | 5 | 6 | ds6v | figs-ellipsis | καὶ…λέγει | 1 | he also says | You can state clearly to whom God is speaking. Alternate translation: “he also says to Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 259 | HEB | 5 | 6 | k5uw | ἐν ἑτέρῳ | 1 | in another place | Alternate translation: “in another place in the scriptures” | |
| 260 | HEB | 5 | 6 | ede5 | κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Μελχισέδεκ | 1 | after the manner of Melchizedek | Here, **the order of Melchizedek** rules and practices that **Melchizedek** followed and the authority he had as a priest of God. Alternate translation: “in the same way that Melchizedek was a priest” | |
| 261 | HEB | 5 | 7 | mv2c | figs-metonymy | ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ | 1 | During the days of his flesh | Here, **the days** stands for a period of time, and **flesh** stands for Jesus’ earthly life. Alternate translation: “while he lived on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 262 | HEB | 5 | 7 | iel9 | figs-doublet | δεήσεις…καὶ ἱκετηρίας | 1 | prayers and requests | Both **prayers** and **requests** mean basically the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) |
| 263 | HEB | 5 | 7 | p6zm | τὸν δυνάμενον σῴζειν αὐτὸν ἐκ θανάτου | 1 | the one able to save him from death | This could mean: (1) God was **able to save** Christ so that he would not die. Alternate translation: “to save him from dying” (2) God was **able to save** Christ after Christ’s death by making him alive again. If possible, translate this in a way that allows both interpretations. | |
| 264 | HEB | 5 | 7 | e75a | figs-activepassive | εἰσακουσθεὶς | 1 | he was heard | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God heard him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 265 | HEB | 5 | 8 | mk8z | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | υἱός | 1 | a son | Here, **son** is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 266 | HEB | 5 | 9 | z2bv | 0 | Connecting Statement: | In verse 11 the writer begins his third warning. He warns these believers that they are still not mature and encourages them to learn God’s word so they can understand right from wrong. | ||
| 267 | HEB | 5 | 9 | i29c | figs-activepassive | τελειωθεὶς | 1 | He was made perfect | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God made him perfect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 268 | HEB | 5 | 9 | n5qt | τελειωθεὶς | 1 | made perfect | Here, **made perfect** means being made mature, able to honor God in all aspects of life. | |
| 269 | HEB | 5 | 9 | p9ug | figs-abstractnouns | ἐγένετο πᾶσιν τοῖς ὑπακούουσιν αὐτῷ αἴτιος σωτηρίας αἰωνίου | 1 | became, for everyone who obeys him, the cause of eternal salvation | You can state the abstract noun **salvation** as a verb. Alternate translation: “now he saves all who obey him and causes them to live forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 270 | HEB | 5 | 10 | b9su | figs-activepassive | προσαγορευθεὶς ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | He was designated by God | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God designated him” or “God appointed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 271 | HEB | 5 | 10 | hd47 | κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Μελχισέδεκ | 1 | after the manner of Melchizedek | Here, **the order of Melchizedek** means that Christ as a priest has things in common with Melchizedek as a priest. Alternate translation: “to be the sort of high priest that Melchizedek was” | |
| 272 | HEB | 5 | 11 | cm78 | figs-exclusive | ἡμῖν ὁ λόγος | 1 | We have much to say | Here, the plural pronoun **us** includes both the author and the people to whom he is writing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) |
| 273 | HEB | 5 | 11 | r2u2 | figs-metaphor | νωθροὶ γεγόνατε ταῖς ἀκοαῖς | 1 | you have become dull in hearing | The ability to understand and obey is spoken of as if it were the ability to listen. And the ability to listen is spoken of as if it were a metal tool that becomes **dull** with use. Alternate translation: “you have trouble understanding it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 274 | HEB | 5 | 12 | lw1a | τὰ στοιχεῖα τῆς ἀρχῆς | 1 | basic principles | Here, **principles** means a guideline or standard for making decisions. Alternate translation: “of the basic truths” | |
| 275 | HEB | 5 | 12 | wy2h | figs-metaphor | γεγόνατε χρείαν ἔχοντες γάλακτος | 1 | You need milk | Teaching about God that is easy to understand is spoken of as if it were **milk**, the only food that infants can take. Alternate translation: “you have become like babies and can drink only milk” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 276 | HEB | 5 | 12 | yk1q | figs-metaphor | γάλακτος, οὐ στερεᾶς τροφῆς | 1 | milk, not solid food | Teaching about God that is difficult to understand is spoken of as if it were **solid food**, suitable for adults. Alternate translation: “of milk instead of solid food that adults can eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 277 | HEB | 5 | 13 | nhx3 | figs-metonymy | μετέχων γάλακτος | 1 | takes milk | Here, **takes** stands for “drinks.” Alternate translation: “who drinks milk” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 278 | HEB | 5 | 13 | vl7k | figs-metaphor | νήπιος γάρ ἐστιν | 1 | because he is still a little child | Spiritual maturity is compared with the kind of food that a growing **child** eats. Solid food is not for a tiny baby, and that is a figure describing a young Christian who only learns simple truths; but later, more solid food is given to the little child, just as when a person matures he can learn about matters that are more difficult. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 279 | HEB | 5 | 14 | e3yh | figs-metonymy | τῶν διὰ τὴν ἕξιν τὰ αἰσθητήρια γεγυμνασμένα, ἐχόντων πρὸς διάκρισιν, καλοῦ τε καὶ κακοῦ | 1 | who because of their maturity have their understanding trained for distinguishing good from evil | People trained to understand something are spoken of as if their ability to understand had been **trained**. Alternate translation: “who are mature and can distinguish between good and evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 280 | HEB | 6 | intro | nz5i | 0 | # Hebrews 6 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Abrahamic Covenant<br><br>In the covenant that God made with Abraham, God promised to make Abraham’s descendants into a great nation. He also promised to protect Abraham’s descendants and to give them land of their own. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]]) | |||
| 281 | HEB | 6 | 1 | f1nk | 0 | Connecting Statement: | The writer continues with what immature Hebrew believers need to do to become mature Christians. He reminds them of the foundational teachings. | ||
| 282 | HEB | 6 | 1 | i4xr | figs-metaphor | ἀφέντες τὸν τῆς ἀρχῆς τοῦ Χριστοῦ λόγον, ἐπὶ τὴν τελειότητα φερώμεθα | 1 | let us leave the beginning of the message of Christ and move forward to maturity | This speaks about the basic teachings as if they were the beginning of a journey and the mature teachings as if they were the end of a journey. Alternate translation: “let us stop only discussing what we first learned and start understanding more mature teachings as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 283 | HEB | 6 | 1 | thw8 | figs-metaphor | μὴ πάλιν θεμέλιον καταβαλλόμενοι | 1 | Let us not lay again the foundation … of faith in God | Basic teachings are spoken of as if they were a building whose construction begins by laying a **foundation**. Alternate translation: “let us not repeat the basic teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 284 | HEB | 6 | 1 | d5q3 | figs-metaphor | νεκρῶν ἔργων | 1 | dead works | Sinful deeds are spoken of as if they belonged to the world of the **dead**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 285 | HEB | 6 | 2 | s1cv | figs-metaphor | βαπτισμῶν διδαχὴν, ἐπιθέσεώς τε χειρῶν, ἀναστάσεώς τε νεκρῶν, καὶ κρίματος αἰωνίου | 1 | nor the foundation of teaching … eternal judgment | The writer continues from the previous verse speaking about basic teachings as if they were a building whose construction begins by laying a foundation. Alternate translation: “nor the basic teaching about baptisms, and laying on of hands, and resurrection of the dead, and eternal judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 286 | HEB | 6 | 2 | xww5 | ἐπιθέσεώς…χειρῶν | 1 | laying on of hands | The practice of **laying on of hands** was done to set someone apart for special service or position. | |
| 287 | HEB | 6 | 4 | e7px | figs-metaphor | τοὺς ἅπαξ φωτισθέντας | 1 | those who were once enlightened | Understanding is spoken of as if it were illumination. Alternate translation: “those who once understood the message about Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 288 | HEB | 6 | 4 | l5mc | figs-metaphor | γευσαμένους…τῆς δωρεᾶς τῆς ἐπουρανίου | 1 | who tasted the heavenly gift | Experiencing salvation is spoken of as if it were tasting food. Alternate translation: “who experienced God’s saving power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 289 | HEB | 6 | 4 | d2lp | figs-metaphor | μετόχους γενηθέντας Πνεύματος Ἁγίου | 1 | who were sharers of the Holy Spirit | The **Holy Spirit**, who comes to believers, is spoken of as if he were an object that people could share. Alternate translation: “who received the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 290 | HEB | 6 | 5 | vp46 | figs-metaphor | καλὸν γευσαμένους Θεοῦ ῥῆμα | 1 | who tasted God’s good word | Learning God’s message is spoken of as if it were tasting food. Alternate translation: “who learned God’s good message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 291 | HEB | 6 | 5 | tw1u | figs-metonymy | δυνάμεις…μέλλοντος αἰῶνος | 1 | the powers of the age to come | This means the power of God when his kingdom is fully present in all the world. In this sense, **the powers** refer to God himself, who holds all power. Alternate translation: “learned how God will work powerfully in the future” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 292 | HEB | 6 | 6 | l8nx | πάλιν ἀνακαινίζειν εἰς μετάνοιαν | 1 | it is impossible to restore them again to repentance | Alternate translation: “it is impossible to bring them back to repent again” | |
| 293 | HEB | 6 | 6 | dj3g | figs-metaphor | ἀνασταυροῦντας ἑαυτοῖς τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | they crucify the Son of God for themselves again | When people turn away from God, it is as though they crucify Jesus again. Alternate translation: “it is like they crucify for themselves the very Son of God again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 294 | HEB | 6 | 6 | y47b | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | Son of God | **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 295 | HEB | 6 | 7 | p4tf | figs-personification | γῆ…ἡ πιοῦσα τὸν…ὑετόν | 1 | the land that drinks in the rain | Farmland that benefits from much **rain** is spoken of as if it were a person who drinks in the rainwater. Alternate translation: “the land that absorbs the rain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) |
| 296 | HEB | 6 | 7 | r32n | figs-personification | τίκτουσα βοτάνην | 1 | that gives birth to the plants | Farmland that **produces** crops is spoken of as if it gives birth to them. Alternate translation: “that produces plants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) |
| 297 | HEB | 6 | 7 | da68 | figs-personification | μεταλαμβάνει εὐλογίας ἀπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | the land that receives a blessing from God | Rain and crops are seen as proof that **God** has helped the farmland. The farmland is spoken of as if it were a person who could receive God’s **blessing**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) |
| 298 | HEB | 6 | 7 | qq1x | εὐλογίας ἀπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | a blessing from God | Here, **blessing** means help from God, not spoken words. | |
| 299 | HEB | 6 | 8 | pp48 | figs-metaphor | κατάρας ἐγγύς | 1 | is near to a curse | This speaks of **a curse** as if it were a place to which a person could draw near. Alternate translation: “is in danger of God cursing it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 300 | HEB | 6 | 8 | a2bk | ἧς τὸ τέλος εἰς καῦσιν | 1 | Its end is in burning | The farmer will burn all the worthless things in the field. | |
| 301 | HEB | 6 | 9 | sb4a | figs-pronouns | πεπείσμεθα | 1 | we are convinced | Even though the author uses the plural pronoun **we**, he is most likely referring only to himself. Alternate translation: “I am convinced” or “I am certain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]]) |
| 302 | HEB | 6 | 9 | jt3k | τὰ κρείσσονα | 1 | about better things concerning you | Here, **better things** means they are doing better than those who have rejected God, disobeyed him, and now can no longer repent so that God will forgive them ([Hebrews 6:4-6](./04.md)). Alternate translation: “that you are doing better things than what I have mentioned” | |
| 303 | HEB | 6 | 9 | npu2 | figs-abstractnouns | ἐχόμενα σωτηρίας | 1 | things that concern salvation | You can state the abstract noun **salvation** as a verb. Alternate translation: “things that concern God saving you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 304 | HEB | 6 | 10 | t2hb | figs-doublenegatives | οὐ γὰρ ἄδικος ὁ Θεὸς, ἐπιλαθέσθαι | 1 | For God is not so unjust that he would forget | This double negative **not unjust** can mean that God in his justice will remember what good things his people have done. Alternate translation: “For God is just and therefore will certainly remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) |
| 305 | HEB | 6 | 10 | r9xx | figs-metonymy | εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ | 1 | for his name | God’s **name** is a metonym that stands for God himself. Alternate translation: “for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 306 | HEB | 6 | 11 | j7f5 | figs-pronouns | ἐπιθυμοῦμεν | 1 | We greatly desire | Even though the author uses the plural pronoun **we**, he is most likely referring only to himself. Alternate translation: “I greatly desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]]) |
| 307 | HEB | 6 | 11 | k4si | σπουδὴν | 1 | diligence | careful, hard work | |
| 308 | HEB | 6 | 11 | xfy1 | figs-explicit | ἄχρι τέλους | 1 | to the end | You can state explicitly the implicit meaning of **the end**. Alternate translation: “to the end of your lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 309 | HEB | 6 | 11 | i2yc | πρὸς τὴν πληροφορίαν τῆς ἐλπίδος | 1 | in order to make your hope certain | Alternate translation: “in order to have complete certainty that you will receive what God has promised you” | |
| 310 | HEB | 6 | 12 | yrh2 | μιμηταὶ | 1 | imitators | An “imitator” is someone who copies the behavior of someone else. | |
| 311 | HEB | 6 | 12 | q8ry | figs-metaphor | κληρονομούντων τὰς ἐπαγγελίας | 1 | inherit the promises | Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were inheriting property and wealth from a family member. Alternate translation: “who … receive what God promised them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 312 | HEB | 6 | 14 | ymh2 | λέγων | 1 | He said | God said | |
| 313 | HEB | 6 | 14 | n47a | figs-metonymy | πληθύνων, πληθυνῶ σε | 1 | I will greatly increase you | Here, **increase** stands for giving descendants. Alternate translation: “I will give you many descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 314 | HEB | 6 | 17 | rpv9 | figs-metaphor | τοῖς κληρονόμοις τῆς ἐπαγγελίας | 1 | to the heirs of the promise | The people to whom God has made promises are spoken of as if they were to inherit property and wealth from a family member. Alternate translation: “to those who would receive what he promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 315 | HEB | 6 | 17 | ug6j | τὸ ἀμετάθετον τῆς βουλῆς αὐτοῦ | 1 | the unchangeable quality of his purpose | Alternate translation: “that his purpose would never change” or “that he would always do what he said he would do” | |
| 316 | HEB | 6 | 18 | gjw3 | figs-metaphor | οἱ καταφυγόντες | 1 | we, who have fled for refuge | Believers who trust in God for him to protect them are spoken of as if they were running to a safe place. Alternate translation: “we, who have trusted him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 317 | HEB | 6 | 18 | gk6n | figs-metaphor | ἰσχυρὰν παράκλησιν ἔχωμεν, οἱ καταφυγόντες κρατῆσαι τῆς προκειμένης ἐλπίδος | 1 | will have a strong encouragement to hold firmly to the hope set before us | Trust in God is spoken of as if **encouragement** were an object that could be presented to a person and that person could **hold** on to it. Alternate translation: “we who have fled for refuge will continue to trust in God just has he encouraged us to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 318 | HEB | 6 | 18 | hs84 | figs-activepassive | προκειμένης | 1 | set before us | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that God has placed before us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 319 | HEB | 6 | 19 | w66k | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Having finished his third warning and encouragement to the believers, the writer of Hebrews continues his comparison of Jesus as priest to Melchizedek as priest. | ||
| 320 | HEB | 6 | 19 | ng9i | figs-metaphor | ὡς ἄγκυραν…τῆς ψυχῆς, ἀσφαλῆ τε καὶ βεβαίαν | 1 | as a secure and reliable anchor for the soul | Just as **an anchor** keeps a boat from drifting in the water, Jesus keeps us secure in God’s presence. Alternate translation: “that causes us to live securely in God’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 321 | HEB | 6 | 19 | vdt3 | figs-doublet | ἄγκυραν…τῆς ψυχῆς, ἀσφαλῆ τε καὶ βεβαίαν | 1 | a secure and reliable anchor | Here the words **reliable** and **steadfast** mean basically the same thing and emphasize the complete reliability of the anchor. Alternate translation: “an anchor for the soul that is completely reliable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) |
| 322 | HEB | 6 | 19 | d223 | figs-personification | ἣν…καὶ εἰσερχομένην εἰς τὸ ἐσώτερον τοῦ καταπετάσματος | 1 | hope that enters into the inner place behind the curtain | Here, **which** refers back to our “hope” in the previous verse. This hope is spoken of as if it were a person who could go into the most holy place of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) |
| 323 | HEB | 6 | 19 | aj2m | figs-metaphor | τὸ ἐσώτερον | 1 | the inner place | The **inner place** was the most holy place in the temple. It was thought to be the place where God was most intensely present among his people. In this passage, this place stands for heaven and God’s throne room. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 324 | HEB | 6 | 20 | zgj6 | κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Μελχισέδεκ | 1 | after the order of Melchizedek | The **order of Melchizedek** means that Christ as a priest has things in common with **Melchizedek** as a priest. Alternate translation: “in the same way that Melchizedek was a priest” | |
| 325 | HEB | 7 | intro | y8j3 | 0 | # Hebrews 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:17, 21, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### High priest<br><br>Only a high priest could offer sacrifices so that God could forgive sins, so Jesus had to be a high priest. The law of Moses commanded that the high priest be from the tribe of Levi, but Jesus was from the tribe of Judah. God made him a priest like the priest Melchizedek, who lived at the time of Abraham, before there was a tribe of Levi. | |||
| 326 | HEB | 7 | 1 | mwy8 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | The writer of Hebrews continues his comparison of Jesus as priest to Melchizedek as priest. | ||
| 327 | HEB | 7 | 1 | rfc9 | translate-names | Σαλήμ | 1 | Salem | **Salem** was the name of a city during the time of Abraham. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 328 | HEB | 7 | 1 | rx36 | figs-explicit | Ἀβραὰμ ὑποστρέφοντι ἀπὸ τῆς κοπῆς τῶν βασιλέων | 1 | Abraham returning from the slaughter of the kings | This is refers to when **Abraham** and his men went and defeated the armies of four kings in order to rescue his nephew, Lot, and his family. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 329 | HEB | 7 | 2 | q87x | ᾧ | 1 | It was to him | Alternate translation: “and it was to Melchizedek” | |
| 330 | HEB | 7 | 2 | abh4 | βασιλεὺς δικαιοσύνης…βασιλεὺς εἰρήνης | 1 | king of righteousness … king of peace | Alternate translation: “righteous king … peaceful king” | |
| 331 | HEB | 7 | 3 | q4eh | ἀπάτωρ, ἀμήτωρ, ἀγενεαλόγητος, μήτε ἀρχὴν ἡμερῶν, μήτε ζωῆς τέλος ἔχων | 1 | He is without father, without mother, without ancestors, with neither beginning of days nor end of life | It is possible to think from this passage that Melchizedek was neither born nor did he die. However, it is likely that all the writer means is that the Scriptures provide no information about Melchizedek’s ancestry, birth, or death. | |
| 332 | HEB | 7 | 4 | h2bg | 0 | Connecting Statement: | The writer states that the priesthood of Melchizedek is better than Aaron’s priesthood and then reminds them that the priesthood of Aaron did not make anything perfect. | ||
| 333 | HEB | 7 | 4 | w2gg | οὗτος | 1 | this man was | Alternate translation: “Melchizedek was” | |
| 334 | HEB | 7 | 5 | l9zq | figs-distinguish | οἱ μὲν ἐκ τῶν υἱῶν Λευεὶ τὴν ἱερατείαν λαμβάνοντες | 1 | The sons of Levi who receive the priesthood | The author says this because not all of Levi’s **sons** became priests. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Levi who became priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) |
| 335 | HEB | 7 | 5 | hn3k | τὸν λαὸν | 1 | from the people | Alternate translation: “from the people of Israel” | |
| 336 | HEB | 7 | 5 | ri2y | τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς αὐτῶν | 1 | from their brothers | Here, **brothers** means they are all related to each other through Abraham. Alternate translation: “from their relatives” | |
| 337 | HEB | 7 | 5 | x4za | figs-metaphor | ἐξεληλυθότας ἐκ τῆς ὀσφύος Ἀβραάμ | 1 | they, too, have come from Abraham’s body | The phrase **from the loins of Abraham** is a way of saying that they were descendants of Abraham. Alternate translation: “they, too, are descendants of Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 338 | HEB | 7 | 6 | r2rs | ὁ…μὴ γενεαλογούμενος ἐξ αὐτῶν | 1 | whose descent was not traced from them | Alternate translation: “the one who was not a descendant of Levi” | |
| 339 | HEB | 7 | 6 | d2hq | figs-metaphor | τὸν ἔχοντα τὰς ἐπαγγελίας | 1 | the one who had the promises | The things that God promised to do for Abraham are spoken of as if they were objects that he could possess. Alternate translation: “the one to whom God had spoken his promises” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 340 | HEB | 7 | 7 | k6pc | figs-activepassive | τὸ ἔλαττον ὑπὸ τοῦ κρείττονος εὐλογεῖται | 1 | the lesser person is blessed by the greater person | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the more important person blesses the less important person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 341 | HEB | 7 | 8 | sf79 | ὧδε μὲν…ἐκεῖ | 1 | In this case … in that case | These phrases are used to compare the Levite priests with Melchizedek. Your language may have a way to emphasize that the author is making a comparison. | |
| 342 | HEB | 7 | 8 | c9zz | figs-metaphor | μαρτυρούμενος ὅτι ζῇ | 1 | is testified that he lives on | It is never explicitly written in scripture that Melchizedek dies. The author of Hebrews speaks of this absence of information about Melchizedek’s death in scripture as if it were a positive statement that he is still alive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 343 | HEB | 7 | 8 | d1yr | figs-activepassive | μαρτυρούμενος ὅτι ζῇ | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “scripture shows that he lives on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 344 | HEB | 7 | 9 | v1yu | figs-metaphor | δι’ Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ Λευεὶς, ὁ δεκάτας λαμβάνων, δεδεκάτωται | 1 | Levi, who received tithes, also paid tithes through Abraham | Since **Levi** had not been born yet, the author speaks of him as still being in Abraham’s body when Abraham met Melchizedek. In this way, the author argues that Levi **paid tithes** to Melchizedek through **Abraham**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 345 | HEB | 7 | 10 | g26s | figs-metaphor | ἔτι…ἐν τῇ ὀσφύϊ τοῦ πατρὸς ἦν | 1 | Levi was in the body of his ancestor | Since Levi had not been born yet, the author speaks of him as still being in Abraham’s body. In this way, the author argues that Levi paid tithes to Melchizedek through Abraham. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 346 | HEB | 7 | 11 | kdb8 | μὲν οὖν | 1 | Now | Here, **So** is used to draw attention to the important point that follows. | |
| 347 | HEB | 7 | 11 | wgp5 | figs-rquestion | τίς ἔτι χρεία κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Μελχισέδεκ, ἕτερον ἀνίστασθαι ἱερέα, καὶ οὐ κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Ἀαρὼν λέγεσθαι? | 1 | what further need would there have been for another priest to arise after the manner of Melchizedek, and not be considered to be after the manner of Aaron? | This question emphasizes that it was unexpected that priests come after **the order of Melchizedek**. Alternate translation: “no one would have needed another priest, one who was like Melchizedek and not like Aaron, to arise.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 348 | HEB | 7 | 11 | hi4e | ἀνίστασθαι | 1 | to arise | Alternate translation: “to come” or “to appear” | |
| 349 | HEB | 7 | 11 | cc5f | κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Μελχισέδεκ | 1 | after the manner of Melchizedek | This means that Christ as a priest has things in common with **Melchizedek** as a priest. Alternate translation: “in the same way that Melchizedek was a priest” | |
| 350 | HEB | 7 | 11 | kt3a | figs-activepassive | οὐ κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Ἀαρὼν λέγεσθαι | 1 | not be considered to be after the manner of Aaron | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “not be after the manner of Aaron” or “who is not a priest like Aaron” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 351 | HEB | 7 | 12 | c7f1 | figs-activepassive | μετατιθεμένης γὰρ τῆς ἱερωσύνης, ἐξ ἀνάγκης καὶ νόμου μετάθεσις γίνεται | 1 | For when the priesthood is changed, the law must also be changed | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “For when God changed the priesthood, he also had to change the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 352 | HEB | 7 | 13 | k9zi | ὃν | 1 | For the one | Here, **whom** refers to Jesus. | |
| 353 | HEB | 7 | 13 | m9mm | figs-activepassive | ἐφ’ ὃν…λέγεται ταῦτα | 1 | about whom these things are said | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “about whom I am speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 354 | HEB | 7 | 14 | t3dm | γὰρ | 1 | Now | **For** is used to draw attention to the important point that follows. | |
| 355 | HEB | 7 | 14 | qsk5 | ἐξ Ἰούδα ἀνατέταλκεν ὁ Κύριος ἡμῶν | 1 | it is from Judah that our Lord was born | The words **our Lord** refer to Jesus. | |
| 356 | HEB | 7 | 14 | ln94 | ἐξ Ἰούδα | 1 | from Judah | Alternate translation: “from the tribe of Judah” | |
| 357 | HEB | 7 | 15 | i17g | 0 | General Information: | This quote comes from a psalm of King David. | ||
| 358 | HEB | 7 | 15 | jn1p | περισσότερον ἔτι κατάδηλόν ἐστιν | 1 | What we say is clearer yet | Alternate translation: “we can understand even more clearly” | |
| 359 | HEB | 7 | 15 | md9i | εἰ…ἀνίσταται ἱερεὺς ἕτερος | 1 | if another priest arises | Alternate translation: “if another priest comes” | |
| 360 | HEB | 7 | 15 | z1yl | κατὰ τὴν ὁμοιότητα Μελχισέδεκ | 1 | in the likeness of Melchizedek | This means that Christ as a priest has things in common with **Melchizedek** as a priest. Alternate translation: “in the same way that Melchizedek was a priest” | |
| 361 | HEB | 7 | 16 | fr4a | ὃς οὐ κατὰ νόμον…γέγονεν | 1 | It was not based on the law | Alternate translation: “his becoming priest was not based on a law” | |
| 362 | HEB | 7 | 16 | erq7 | figs-metonymy | νόμον ἐντολῆς σαρκίνης | 1 | the law of fleshly descent | The idea of human descent is spoken of as if it had only to do with the flesh of one’s body. Alternate translation: “the law of human descent” or “the law about priests’ descendants becoming priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 363 | HEB | 7 | 17 | xmj8 | figs-personification | μαρτυρεῖται γὰρ | 1 | For scripture witnesses about him | This speaks about scripture as if it were a person who could witness about something. Alternate translation: “For God witnesses about him through the scriptures” or “For this is what was written about him in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) |
| 364 | HEB | 7 | 17 | g6zd | κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Μελχισέδεκ | 1 | according to the order of Melchizedek | There were two groups of priests. One was made up of the descendants of Levi. The other was made up of **Melchizedek** and Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “according to the line of Melchizedek” or “according to the priesthood of Melchizedek” | |
| 365 | HEB | 7 | 19 | ia8j | figs-personification | οὐδὲν…ἐτελείωσεν ὁ νόμος | 1 | the law made nothing perfect | Here, **the law** is spoken of as if it were a person who could act. Alternate translation: “no one could become perfect by obeying the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) |
| 366 | HEB | 7 | 19 | stc2 | figs-activepassive | ἐπεισαγωγὴ…κρείττονος ἐλπίδος | 1 | a better hope is introduced | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God has introduced a better hope” or “God has given us reason for a more confident hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 367 | HEB | 7 | 19 | c9tz | figs-metaphor | δι’ ἧς ἐγγίζομεν τῷ Θεῷ | 1 | through which we come near to God | Worshiping God and having his favor are spoken of as to **come near** to him. Alternate translation: “and because of this hope we approach God” or “and because of this hope we worship God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 368 | HEB | 7 | 20 | f3cd | 0 | General Information: | This quote comes from the same psalm of David as [Hebrews 7:17](../07/17.md). | ||
| 369 | HEB | 7 | 20 | vf69 | figs-explicit | καὶ καθ’ ὅσον οὐ χωρὶς ὁρκωμοσίας | 1 | And it was not without an oath! | You can state this clearly who made this **oath**. Alternate translation: “And God did not choose this new priest without swearing an oath!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 370 | HEB | 7 | 20 | ziqe | figs-doublenegatives | καὶ καθ’ ὅσον οὐ χωρὶς ὁρκωμοσίας | 1 | The double negative **not without** emphasizes that Jesus became a priest through an oath. Alternate translation: “And it was because God swore an oath that the Lord became the new priest!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) | |
| 371 | HEB | 7 | 22 | h462 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | The writer then assures these Jewish believers that Christ has the better priesthood because he lives forever and the priests that descended from Aaron all died. | ||
| 372 | HEB | 7 | 22 | e23d | κρείττονος διαθήκης, γέγονεν ἔγγυος | 1 | has given the guarantee of a better covenant | Alternate translation: “has told us that we can be sure that there will be a better covenant” | |
| 373 | HEB | 7 | 24 | u941 | figs-abstractnouns | ἀπαράβατον ἔχει τὴν ἱερωσύνην | 1 | he has a permanent priesthood | A priest’s work is spoken of as if it were an object that Jesus possesses. This can be worded to avoid the abstract noun **priesthood**. Alternate translation: “he is a priest permanently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 374 | HEB | 7 | 25 | a4gg | figs-explicit | ὅθεν | 1 | Therefore he | You can make explicit what **Therefore** implies. Alternate translation: “Because Christ is our high priest who lives forever,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 375 | HEB | 7 | 25 | b182 | τοὺς προσερχομένους δι’ αὐτοῦ τῷ Θεῷ | 1 | those who approach God through him | Alternate translation: “those who come to God because of what Jesus has done” | |
| 376 | HEB | 7 | 26 | cmq1 | figs-metaphor | ὑψηλότερος τῶν οὐρανῶν γενόμενος | 1 | has become higher than the heavens | The author speaks of possessing more honor and power than anyone else as if it were position that is up above all things. Alternate translation: “God has given him more honor and power than anyone else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 377 | HEB | 7 | 27 | b6nv | τῶν ἰδίων…ἐποίησεν…ἑαυτὸν | 1 | Here, **his own** refers to the Levitical priests. The second **he** and the word **himself** refer to Christ. | ||
| 378 | HEB | 7 | 28 | n693 | figs-metonymy | ὁ νόμος…ἀνθρώπους καθίστησιν ἀρχιερεῖς ἔχοντας ἀσθένειαν | 1 | the law appoints as high priests men who have weaknesses | Here, **the law** is a metonym for the men who appointed the **high priests** according to the law of Moses. The focus is not on the men who did this, but on the fact that they did this according to the law. Alternate translation: “according to the law, men appoint as high priests men who have weaknesses” or “for according to the law, men who have weaknesses are appointed as high priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 379 | HEB | 7 | 28 | u5ny | ἀνθρώπους…ἔχοντας ἀσθένειαν | 1 | men who have weaknesses | Alternate translation: “men who are spiritually weak” or “men who are weak against sin” | |
| 380 | HEB | 7 | 28 | yez2 | figs-metonymy | ὁ λόγος…τῆς ὁρκωμοσίας, τῆς μετὰ τὸν νόμον, Υἱόν | 1 | the word of the oath, which came after the law, appointed a Son | Here, **the word of the oath** represents God who made the oath. Alternate translation: “God appointed a Son by his oath, which he made after he gave the law” or “after he had given the law, God swore an oath and appointed his Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 381 | HEB | 7 | 28 | msa4 | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Υἱόν | 1 | Son | **Son** is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 382 | HEB | 7 | 28 | fkl3 | figs-activepassive | τετελειωμένον | 1 | who has been made perfect | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “who has completely obeyed God and become mature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 383 | HEB | 8 | intro | ks94 | 0 | # Hebrews 8 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The author finishes describing how and why Jesus is the most important high priest. Then he begins to speak about how the new covenant is better to the covenant God made with Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 8:8-12, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### New covenant<br><br>The author tells how Jesus has established a new covenant that is better than the covenant that God established with the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]]) | |||
| 384 | HEB | 8 | 1 | nb8q | 0 | Connecting Statement: | The writer, having shown that Christ’s priesthood is better than the earthly priesthood, shows that the earthly priesthood was a pattern of heavenly things. Christ has a superior ministry, a superior covenant. | ||
| 385 | HEB | 8 | 1 | tw7l | δὲ | 1 | Now | **Now** does not mean “at this moment,” but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows. | |
| 386 | HEB | 8 | 1 | m2b4 | figs-exclusive | ἔχομεν ἀρχιερέα | 1 | We have a high priest | The author is including the readers here, so the word **We** is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) |
| 387 | HEB | 8 | 1 | b8qy | translate-symaction | ἐκάθισεν ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ θρόνου τῆς Μεγαλωσύνης | 1 | sat down at the right hand of the throne of the Majesty | To sit at the **right hand** of God is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Hebrews 1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “sat down at the place of honor and authority beside the throne of the Majesty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) |
| 388 | HEB | 8 | 2 | lrb7 | τῆς σκηνῆς τῆς ἀληθινῆς, ἣν ἔπηξεν ὁ Κύριος, οὐκ ἄνθρωπος | 1 | the true tabernacle that the Lord, not a man, set up | People built the earthly **tabernacle** out of animal skins fastened to a wooden framework, and they set it up in the manner of a tent. Here, **true tabernacle** means the heavenly tabernacle that God created. | |
| 389 | HEB | 8 | 3 | su9j | figs-activepassive | πᾶς γὰρ ἀρχιερεὺς…καθίσταται | 1 | For every high priest is appointed | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “For God appoints every priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 390 | HEB | 8 | 4 | p2v6 | οὖν | 1 | Now | **Now** does not mean “at this moment,” but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows. | |
| 391 | HEB | 8 | 4 | gfz1 | κατὰ νόμον | 1 | according to the law | Alternate translation: “as God requires in the law” | |
| 392 | HEB | 8 | 5 | t3i8 | figs-metaphor | οἵτινες ὑποδείγματι καὶ σκιᾷ λατρεύουσιν τῶν ἐπουρανίων | 1 | They serve a copy and shadow of the heavenly things | The words **copy** and **shadow** are metaphors meaning that something is not the real thing but it is similar to the real thing. Alternate translation: “who serve what is a vague image of the heavenly things” or “who serve what is only similar to the heavenly things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 393 | HEB | 8 | 5 | m067 | figs-doublet | ὑποδείγματι καὶ σκιᾷ…τῶν ἐπουρανίων | 1 | The words **copy** and **shadow** have similar meanings and emphasize that the priesthood and the earthly temple were only images of Christ, the true high priest, and the heavenly temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) | |
| 394 | HEB | 8 | 5 | k5r1 | figs-activepassive | καθὼς κεχρημάτισται Μωϋσῆς, μέλλων | 1 | It is just as Moses was warned by God when he was | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “just as God warned Moses when Moses was about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 395 | HEB | 8 | 5 | qb7g | figs-explicit | μέλλων ἐπιτελεῖν τὴν σκηνήν | 1 | was about to construct the tabernacle | Moses did not construct the **tabernacle** himself. He ordered the people to construct it. Alternate translation: “when he was about to command the people to construct the tabernacle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 396 | HEB | 8 | 5 | jk6i | ὅρα | 1 | See that | Alternate translation: “Make sure that” | |
| 397 | HEB | 8 | 5 | wf1p | τὸν τύπον | 1 | to the pattern | Alternate translation: “the design” | |
| 398 | HEB | 8 | 5 | s9xe | figs-activepassive | τὸν δειχθέντα σοι | 1 | that was shown to you | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that I showed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 399 | HEB | 8 | 5 | j3tz | figs-explicit | ἐν τῷ ὄρει | 1 | on the mountain | You can make explicit that the **mountain** refers to Mount Sinai. Alternate translation: “on Mount Sinai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 400 | HEB | 8 | 6 | qdj6 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | This section begins to show that the new covenant is better than the old covenant with Israel and Judah. | ||
| 401 | HEB | 8 | 6 | rt2a | figs-activepassive | τέτυχεν | 1 | Christ has received | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God has given Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 402 | HEB | 8 | 6 | spy1 | κρείττονός…διαθήκης μεσίτης | 1 | mediator of a better covenant | This means Christ caused a **better covenant** between God and humans to exist. | |
| 403 | HEB | 8 | 6 | aw58 | figs-activepassive | ἥτις ἐπὶ κρείττοσιν ἐπαγγελίαις νενομοθέτηται | 1 | covenant, which is based on better promises | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “which God made based on better promises” or “in which God promised better things when he made this covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 404 | HEB | 8 | 7 | wb9d | translate-ordinal | ἡ πρώτη…δευτέρας | 1 | first covenant … second covenant | The words **first** and **second** are ordinal numbers. Alternate translation: “old covenant … for a new covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) |
| 405 | HEB | 8 | 7 | gig6 | ἦν ἄμεμπτος | 1 | had been faultless | Alternate translation: “had been perfect” | |
| 406 | HEB | 8 | 8 | ya4n | 0 | General Information: | In this quotation the prophet Jeremiah foretold of a new covenant that God would make. | ||
| 407 | HEB | 8 | 8 | sqb4 | αὐτοῖς | 1 | with the people | Alternate translation: “with the people of Israel” | |
| 408 | HEB | 8 | 8 | xhp8 | ἰδοὺ | 1 | See | Alternate translation: “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you” | |
| 409 | HEB | 8 | 8 | c6zm | figs-metaphor | τὸν οἶκον Ἰσραὴλ, καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν οἶκον Ἰούδα | 1 | the house of Israel and with the house of Judah | The people of **Israel** and **Judah** are spoken of as if they were houses. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel and with the people of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 410 | HEB | 8 | 9 | dde5 | figs-metaphor | ἐπιλαβομένου μου τῆς χειρὸς αὐτῶν, ἐξαγαγεῖν αὐτοὺς ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου | 1 | I took them by their hand to lead them out of the land of Egypt | This metaphor represents God’s great love and concern as if he were holding their hands in order to physically **lead them out** of **Egypt**. Alternate translation: “when I led them out of Egypt like a father leads his young child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 411 | HEB | 8 | 10 | fh1c | 0 | General Information: | This is a quotation from the prophet Jeremiah. | ||
| 412 | HEB | 8 | 10 | k2ew | figs-metaphor | τῷ οἴκῳ Ἰσραὴλ | 1 | the house of Israel | The people of **Israel** are spoken of as if they were a **house**. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 413 | HEB | 8 | 10 | q78u | μετὰ τὰς ἡμέρας ἐκείνας | 1 | after those days | Alternate translation: “after that time” | |
| 414 | HEB | 8 | 10 | gbw3 | figs-metaphor | διδοὺς νόμους μου εἰς τὴν διάνοιαν αὐτῶν | 1 | I will put my laws into their minds | God’s **laws** are spoken of as if they were objects that could be placed somewhere. People’s ability to think is spoken of as if it were a place. Alternate translation: “I will enable them to understand my laws” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 415 | HEB | 8 | 10 | e45g | figs-metonymy | ἐπὶ καρδίας αὐτῶν ἐπιγράψω αὐτούς | 1 | I will also write them on their hearts | Here, **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s inner being. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 416 | HEB | 8 | 10 | ojsy | figs-metaphor | ἐπὶ καρδίας αὐτῶν ἐπιγράψω αὐτούς | 1 | The phrase **write them on their hearts** is a metaphor for enabling people to obey the law. Alternate translation: “I will also put them in their hearts” or “I will enable them to obey my law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 417 | HEB | 8 | 10 | hs53 | ἔσομαι αὐτοῖς εἰς Θεόν | 1 | I will be their God | Alternate translation: “I will be the God they worship” | |
| 418 | HEB | 8 | 10 | xgm3 | αὐτοὶ ἔσονταί μοι εἰς λαόν | 1 | they will be my people | Alternate translation: “they will be the people for whom I care” | |
| 419 | HEB | 8 | 11 | lsq6 | 0 | General Information: | This continues the quotation from the prophet Jeremiah. | ||
| 420 | HEB | 8 | 11 | jl1h | figs-quotations | οὐ μὴ διδάξωσιν ἕκαστος τὸν πολίτην αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἕκαστος τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ λέγων, γνῶθι τὸν Κύριον | 1 | They will not teach each one his neighbor and each one his brother, saying, ‘Know the Lord.’ | You can state this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “they will not need to teach their neighbors or brothers to know me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) |
| 421 | HEB | 8 | 11 | wne2 | figs-doublet | τὸν πολίτην…τὸν ἀδελφὸν | 1 | neighbor … brother | Both **fellow citizen** and **brother** mean the same thing and refer to fellow Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) |
| 422 | HEB | 8 | 11 | q5ki | figs-metonymy | γνῶθι τὸν Κύριον…πάντες εἰδήσουσίν με | 1 | Know the Lord … will all know me | **Know** here stands for acknowledging God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 423 | HEB | 8 | 12 | cu1b | figs-metonymy | ταῖς ἀδικίαις αὐτῶν | 1 | toward their evil deeds | Here, **evil deeds** stands for the people who committed these evil deeds. Alternate translation: “to those who did evil deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 424 | HEB | 8 | 12 | a1xr | figs-metonymy | τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν οὐ μὴ μνησθῶ ἔτι | 1 | their sins I will not remember any longer | Here, **remember** stands for “think about.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 425 | HEB | 9 | intro | p8vy | 0 | # Hebrews 9 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter describes how Jesus is better than the temple and all its laws and rules. This chapter will be difficult to understand if the first five books of the Old Testament have not yet been translated.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Will<br><br>A will is a legal document that describes what will happen to a person’s property after he dies.<br><br>### Blood<br><br>In the Old Testament, God had commanded the Israelites to offer sacrifices so that he would forgive their sins. Before they could offer these sacrifices, they had to kill animals and then offer not only the animal’s body but also its blood. Shedding blood is a metaphor for killing an animal or person. Jesus offered his life, his blood, as a sacrifice when he allowed men to kill him. The writer of the Book of Hebrews is saying in this chapter that this sacrifice is better than the sacrifices of the Old Testament. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>### Return of Christ<br><br>Jesus will return to finish the work that he began when he died so that God would forgive his people’s sins. He will finish saving those people who are waiting for him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### First covenant<br><br>This refers to the covenant that God made with Moses. However, before he made this covenant, God had made a covenant with Abraham. But this was the first covenant that God had made with the people of Israel. You may decide to translate “the first covenant” as “the earlier covenant.” | |||
| 426 | HEB | 9 | 1 | af6x | 0 | Connecting Statement: | The writer makes clear to these Jewish believers that the laws and the tabernacle of the old covenant were only pictures of the better, new covenant. | ||
| 427 | HEB | 9 | 1 | av9i | οὖν | 1 | Now | **Now** marks a new part of the teaching. | |
| 428 | HEB | 9 | 1 | d3vs | ἡ πρώτη | 1 | first covenant | See how you translated **first covenant** in [Hebrews 8:7](../08/07.md). | |
| 429 | HEB | 9 | 1 | pw63 | εἶχε…δικαιώματα | 1 | had regulations | Alternate translation: “had detailed instructions” or “had rules” | |
| 430 | HEB | 9 | 2 | e3em | γὰρ | 1 | For | The author is continuing the discussion from [Hebrews 8:7](../08/07.md). | |
| 431 | HEB | 9 | 2 | f6k7 | figs-activepassive | σκηνὴ…κατεσκευάσθη | 1 | a tabernacle was prepared | A **tabernacle** was constructed and made ready for use. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the Israelites prepared a tabernacle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 432 | HEB | 9 | 2 | t13a | ἥ τε λυχνία καὶ ἡ τράπεζα, καὶ ἡ Πρόθεσις τῶν ἄρτων | 1 | the lampstand, the table, and the bread of the presence | These objects are all accompanied by the definite article **the**, because these are specific things that the author assumes that his readers already know about. | |
| 433 | HEB | 9 | 2 | gw3p | figs-abstractnouns | ἡ Πρόθεσις τῶν ἄρτων | 1 | bread of the presence | You can reworded the abstract noun **presentation** to express it with the verb “display” or “present.” Alternate translation: “the bread on display before God” or “the bread the priests presented to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 434 | HEB | 9 | 3 | j7w3 | μετὰ…τὸ δεύτερον καταπέτασμα | 1 | Behind the second curtain | The first curtain was the outer wall of the tabernacle, so the **second curtain** was the curtain between the “holy place” and the “most holy place.” | |
| 435 | HEB | 9 | 3 | ssr9 | translate-ordinal | δεύτερον | 1 | second | The word **second** is the ordinal word for number two. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) |
| 436 | HEB | 9 | 4 | kt3u | ἐν ᾗ | 1 | Inside it | Alternate translation: “inside the ark of the covenant was” | |
| 437 | HEB | 9 | 4 | jj9y | figs-explicit | ἡ ῥάβδος Ἀαρὼν ἡ βλαστήσασα | 1 | Aaron’s rod that budded | This was the **rod** that **Aaron** had when God proved to the people of Israel that he had chosen Aaron as his priest by making Aaron’s rod bud. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 438 | HEB | 9 | 4 | md1f | ἡ βλαστήσασα | 1 | that budded | Alternate translation: “from which leaves and flowers had grown” | |
| 439 | HEB | 9 | 4 | q9w3 | αἱ πλάκες τῆς διαθήκης | 1 | tablets of the covenant | Here, **tablets** are flat pieces of stone that had writing on them. This refers to the stone tablets on which the ten commandments were written. | |
| 440 | HEB | 9 | 5 | ue5q | Χερουβεὶν δόξης κατασκιάζοντα τὸ ἱλαστήριον | 1 | glorious cherubim overshadowed the atonement lid | When the Israelites were making the ark of the covenant, God commanded them to carve two **cherubim** facing each other, with their wings touching, over the **atonement lid** of the ark of the covenant. Here they are spoken of as providing shade for the ark of the covenant. Alternate translation: “glorious cherubim covered the atonement lid with their wings” | |
| 441 | HEB | 9 | 5 | fh6g | figs-metonymy | Χερουβεὶν | 1 | cherubim | Here, **cherubim** refers to the carved figures of two cherubim. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 442 | HEB | 9 | 6 | mra7 | figs-activepassive | τούτων…οὕτως κατεσκευασμένων | 1 | After these things were prepared | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “after the priests prepared these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 443 | HEB | 9 | 7 | xs9l | figs-doublenegatives | οὐ χωρὶς αἵματος | 1 | not without blood | You can state the double negative **not without** in positive form. Alternate translation: “enters, and he always brings blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) |
| 444 | HEB | 9 | 7 | xtk5 | αἵματος | 1 | blood | This is the **blood** of the bull and goat that the high priest had to sacrifice on the Day of Atonement. | |
| 445 | HEB | 9 | 8 | a26f | τῶν ἁγίων | 1 | the most holy place | Here, **the holy place** could refer to: (1) the inner room of the tabernacle on earth. (2) God’s presence in heaven. | |
| 446 | HEB | 9 | 8 | e14c | figs-metonymy | ἔτι τῆς πρώτης σκηνῆς ἐχούσης στάσιν | 1 | the first tabernacle was still standing | This could mean: (1) the outer room of the **tabernacle** was still standing. (2) the earthly **tabernacle** and the sacrificial system still existed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 447 | HEB | 9 | 9 | cu76 | ἥτις παραβολὴ | 1 | This was an illustration | Alternate translation: “and this first tabernacle is a picture” | |
| 448 | HEB | 9 | 9 | fl6i | εἰς τὸν καιρὸν τὸν ἐνεστηκότα | 1 | for the present time | Alternate translation: “for now” | |
| 449 | HEB | 9 | 9 | g16u | figs-activepassive | προσφέρονται | 1 | that are now being offered | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that the priests now offer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 450 | HEB | 9 | 9 | qsa1 | figs-metaphor | μὴ δυνάμεναι κατὰ συνείδησιν τελειῶσαι τὸν λατρεύοντα | 1 | are not able to perfect the worshiper’s conscience | The writer speaks of a person’s **conscience** as if it were an object that could be made better and better until it was without fault. A person’s conscience is his knowledge of right and wrong. It is also his awareness of whether or not he has done wrong. If he knows he has done wrong, we say that he feels guilty. Alternate translation: “are not able to make the worshiper free from guilt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 451 | HEB | 9 | 9 | c31d | figs-genericnoun | τὸν λατρεύοντα | 1 | the worshiper’s conscience | The writer appears to refer to only one **worshiper**, but he means all those who came to worship God at the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) |
| 452 | HEB | 9 | 10 | hqs8 | μέχρι καιροῦ διορθώσεως | 1 | until the time of the new order | Alternate translation: “until God created the new order” | |
| 453 | HEB | 9 | 11 | bnc6 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Having described the service of the tabernacle under God’s law, the writer makes clear that Christ’s service under the new covenant is better because it is sealed with his blood. It is better also because Christ has entered the true “tabernacle,” that is, God’s own presence in heaven, instead of entering, as other high priests, into the earthly tabernacle, which was only an imperfect copy. | ||
| 454 | HEB | 9 | 11 | da2i | τῶν…ἀγαθῶν | 1 | good things | Here, **good things** does not refer to material things. It means the good things that God promised in his new covenant. | |
| 455 | HEB | 9 | 11 | czx6 | τῆς μείζονος καὶ τελειοτέρας σκηνῆς | 1 | the greater and more perfect tabernacle | This refers to the heavenly tent or **tabernacle**, which is more important and more perfect than the earthly tabernacle. | |
| 456 | HEB | 9 | 11 | lxw8 | figs-activepassive | οὐ χειροποιήτου | 1 | that was not made by human hands | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that humans hands did not make” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 457 | HEB | 9 | 11 | mtj9 | figs-synecdoche | χειροποιήτου | 1 | human hands | Here, **hands** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 458 | HEB | 9 | 12 | wp9n | figs-metaphor | ἅγια | 1 | most holy place | God’s presence in heaven is spoken of as if it were the **holy place**, the innermost room in the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 459 | HEB | 9 | 13 | ch3c | σποδὸς δαμάλεως, ῥαντίζουσα τοὺς κεκοινωμένους | 1 | sprinkling of a heifer’s ashes on those who have become unclean | The priest would throw small amounts of the **ashes** on the **unclean** people. | |
| 460 | HEB | 9 | 13 | seb3 | figs-metonymy | πρὸς τὴν τῆς σαρκὸς καθαρότητα | 1 | for the cleansing of their flesh | Here, **flesh** refers to the entire body. Alternate translation: “for the cleansing of their bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 461 | HEB | 9 | 14 | t58w | figs-exclamations | πόσῳ μᾶλλον τὸ αἷμα τοῦ Χριστοῦ, ὃς διὰ Πνεύματος αἰωνίου, ἑαυτὸν προσήνεγκεν ἄμωμον τῷ Θεῷ, καθαριεῖ τὴν συνείδησιν ὑμῶν ἀπὸ νεκρῶν ἔργων, εἰς τὸ λατρεύειν Θεῷ ζῶντι! | 1 | how much more will the blood of Christ, who through the eternal Spirit offered himself without blemish to God, cleanse our conscience from dead works to serve the living God? | The author uses this exclamation to emphasize that Christ’s sacrifice was the most powerful. Alternate translation: “then certainly Christ’s blood will cleanse our conscience even more from dead works to serve the living God! Because, through the eternal Spirit, he offered himself without blemish to God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) |
| 462 | HEB | 9 | 14 | r22p | figs-metonymy | τὸ αἷμα τοῦ Χριστοῦ | 1 | the blood of Christ | The **blood** of Christ refers to his death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 463 | HEB | 9 | 14 | xj6g | figs-metaphor | ἄμωμον | 1 | without blemish | A **blemish** is a small sin or moral fault spoken of here as if it were a small, unusual spot or defect on Christ’s body. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 464 | HEB | 9 | 14 | rkh4 | figs-metonymy | τὴν συνείδησιν ὑμῶν | 1 | cleanse our conscience | Here, **conscience** refers to a person’s feeling of guilt. Believers no longer have to feel guilty for the sins they have committed because Jesus sacrificed himself and has forgiven them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 465 | HEB | 9 | 14 | suu7 | figs-metaphor | καθαριεῖ | 1 | cleanse | Here, **cleanse** stands for the action of relieving our consciences from guilt for the sins we have committed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 466 | HEB | 9 | 14 | zbj1 | figs-metaphor | νεκρῶν ἔργων | 1 | dead works | Sinful deeds are spoken of as if they belonged to the world of the **dead**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 467 | HEB | 9 | 15 | x3xr | διὰ τοῦτο | 1 | For this reason | Alternate translation: “as a result” or “because of this” | |
| 468 | HEB | 9 | 15 | p2kg | διαθήκης καινῆς μεσίτης ἐστίν | 1 | he is the mediator of a new covenant | Here being a **mediator** means Christ caused the **new covenant** between God and humans to exist. | |
| 469 | HEB | 9 | 15 | q3x3 | τῇ πρώτῃ διαθήκῃ | 1 | first covenant | See how you translated **first covenant** in [Hebrews 8:7](../08/07.md). | |
| 470 | HEB | 9 | 15 | z29a | figs-metonymy | εἰς ἀπολύτρωσιν τῶν ἐπὶ τῇ πρώτῃ διαθήκῃ παραβάσεων | 1 | to free those under the first covenant from their sins | Here, **their transgressions** is a metonym for: (1) the guilt of their transgressions. Alternate translation: “to take away the guilt of those who were under the first covenant” (2) the punishment for their transgressions. Alternate translation: “to take away the punishment for the transgressions of those who were under the first covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 471 | HEB | 9 | 15 | ve3v | figs-activepassive | οἱ κεκλημένοι | 1 | those who are called | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom God has chosen to be his children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 472 | HEB | 9 | 15 | xb9f | figs-metaphor | τῆς αἰωνίου κληρονομίας | 1 | inheritance | Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were inheriting property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 473 | HEB | 9 | 16 | um9a | θάνατον ἀνάγκη φέρεσθαι τοῦ διαθεμένου | 1 | the death of the person who made it must be proven | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone must prove that the person who made the will has died” | |
| 474 | HEB | 9 | 18 | wpf1 | figs-activepassive | ὅθεν οὐδ’ ἡ πρώτη χωρὶς αἵματος ἐνκεκαίνισται | 1 | So not even the first covenant was established without blood | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “So God did not even establish the first covenant without blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 475 | HEB | 9 | 18 | m9c3 | figs-doublenegatives | ὅθεν οὐδ’ ἡ πρώτη χωρὶς αἵματος ἐνκεκαίνισται | 1 | You can state the double negative **not even … without** in positive form. Alternate translation: “So God established even the first covenant with blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) | |
| 476 | HEB | 9 | 18 | kq87 | πρώτη | 1 | first covenant | See how you translated **first covenant** in [Hebrews 8:7](../08/07.md). | |
| 477 | HEB | 9 | 18 | v838 | figs-metonymy | αἵματος | 1 | blood | The death of animals sacrificed to God is spoken of as if it were nothing but **blood**. Alternate translation: “the death of animals sacrificed to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 478 | HEB | 9 | 19 | zl2n | translate-symaction | λαβὼν τὸ αἷμα τῶν μόσχων, καὶ τῶν τράγων, μετὰ ὕδατος, καὶ ἐρίου κοκκίνου, καὶ ὑσσώπου, αὐτό τε τὸ βιβλίον καὶ πάντα τὸν λαὸν, ἐράντισεν | 1 | took the blood … with water … and sprinkled … the scroll … and all the people | The priest dipped the **hyssop** in the **blood** and the **water** and then shook the hyssop so drops of blood and water would fall on the scroll and on the **people**. Sprinkling was a symbolic action done by the priests by which they applied the benefits of the covenant to people and to objects. Here the scroll and the people’s acceptability to God are renewed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) |
| 479 | HEB | 9 | 19 | tgc2 | ὑσσώπου | 1 | hyssop | Hyssop was a woody shrub with flowers in summer, used in ceremonial sprinkling. | |
| 480 | HEB | 9 | 20 | j7en | figs-metonymy | τὸ αἷμα τῆς διαθήκης | 1 | the blood of the covenant | Here, **blood** refers to the death of the animals sacrificed to carry out the covenant’s requirements. Alternate translation: “the death of the animals that brings into effect the covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 481 | HEB | 9 | 21 | k6dm | ἐράντισεν | 1 | he sprinkled | Alternate translation: “Moses sprinkled” | |
| 482 | HEB | 9 | 21 | l27v | translate-symaction | ἐράντισεν | 1 | sprinkled | Sprinkling was a symbolic action done by the priests by which they applied the benefits of the covenant to people and to objects. See how you translated this in [Hebrews 9:19](../09/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) |
| 483 | HEB | 9 | 21 | xa9q | πάντα τὰ σκεύη τῆς λειτουργίας | 1 | all the containers used in the service | A container is an object that can hold things. Here it may refer to any kind of utensil or tool. Alternate translation: “all the utensils used in the service” | |
| 484 | HEB | 9 | 21 | cl3v | figs-metonymy | τῷ αἵματι | 1 | blood | Here the animal **blood** refers to the animal’s death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 485 | HEB | 9 | 22 | g3ef | figs-metaphor | σχεδὸν ἐν αἵματι πάντα καθαρίζεται | 1 | almost everything is cleansed with blood | Making something acceptable to God is spoken of as if it were cleansing that thing. Alternate translation: “almost everything is made acceptable to God by being cleansed with blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 486 | HEB | 9 | 22 | hi7m | figs-activepassive | σχεδὸν ἐν αἵματι πάντα καθαρίζεται | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the priests use blood to cleanse almost everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 487 | HEB | 9 | 22 | v8bj | figs-metonymy | χωρὶς αἱματεκχυσίας, οὐ γίνεται ἄφεσις | 1 | Without the shedding of blood there is no forgiveness | Here, **shedding of blood** refers to something dying as a sacrifice to God. Alternate translation: “without the death of something, there is no forgiveness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 488 | HEB | 9 | 22 | uw4g | figs-doublenegatives | χωρὶς αἱματεκχυσίας, οὐ γίνεται ἄφεσις | 1 | This double negative can mean that all forgiveness comes through the shedding of blood. Alternate translation: “forgiveness only comes when something dies as a sacrifice” or “God only forgives when something dies as a sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) | |
| 489 | HEB | 9 | 22 | v1tr | figs-explicit | ἄφεσις | 1 | forgiveness | You can state explicitly the implied meaning. Alternate translation: “forgiveness of the sins of the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 490 | HEB | 9 | 23 | nh15 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | The writer emphasizes that Christ (now in heaven interceding for us) had to die only once for sins and that he will return to earth a second time. | ||
| 491 | HEB | 9 | 23 | q79n | figs-activepassive | ἀνάγκη…τὰ μὲν ὑποδείγματα τῶν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς τούτοις καθαρίζεσθαι | 1 | the copies of the things in heaven should be cleansed with these animal sacrifices | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the priests must use these animal sacrifices to cleanse what are copies of things that are in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 492 | HEB | 9 | 23 | y9b7 | figs-activepassive | αὐτὰ δὲ τὰ ἐπουράνια κρείττοσι θυσίαις παρὰ ταύτας | 1 | the heavenly things themselves had to be cleansed with much better sacrifices | That is, the **sacrifices** to cleanse the **heavenly things** are better than the sacrifices used to cleanse the earthly copies. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “as for the heavenly things themselves, God had to cleanse them with much better sacrifices” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 493 | HEB | 9 | 24 | cy2x | figs-synecdoche | χειροποίητα…ἅγια | 1 | the most holy place made with hands, which | Here, **with hands** means “by humans.” Alternate translation: “the most holy place made by humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 494 | HEB | 9 | 24 | akii | figs-activepassive | χειροποίητα…ἅγια | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the most holy place, which humans made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 495 | HEB | 9 | 24 | g5lp | τῶν ἀληθινῶν | 1 | of the true one | Alternate translation: “of the true most holy place” | |
| 496 | HEB | 9 | 25 | f17a | οὐδ’ | 1 | He did not go there | Alternate translation: “And he did not enter heaven” | |
| 497 | HEB | 9 | 25 | zpf3 | ἐν αἵματι ἀλλοτρίῳ | 1 | with the blood of another | This means with the **blood** of an animal victim, not with his own blood. | |
| 498 | HEB | 9 | 26 | lhi3 | ἐπεὶ | 1 | If that had been the case | Alternate translation: “since if he had to offer himself often,” | |
| 499 | HEB | 9 | 26 | dq7m | figs-metaphor | εἰς ἀθέτησιν ἁμαρτίας διὰ τῆς θυσίας αὐτοῦ | 1 | to do away with sin by the sacrifice of himself | Doing away with **sin** represents having God forgive it. Alternate translation: “to cause God to forgive sins by sacrificing himself” or “to sacrifice himself so that God can forgive sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 500 | HEB | 9 | 28 | p8b6 | figs-activepassive | ὁ Χριστός ἅπαξ προσενεχθεὶς | 1 | Christ was offered once | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Christ offered himself once” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 501 | HEB | 9 | 28 | hv2t | figs-metaphor | εἰς τὸ…ἀνενεγκεῖν ἁμαρτίας | 1 | to take away the sins | The act of making us innocent rather than guilty for our sins is spoken of as if our **sins** were physical objects that Christ could carry away from us. Alternate translation: “so that God would forgive the sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 502 | HEB | 9 | 28 | p6th | figs-metonymy | τὸ…ἁμαρτίας | 1 | the sins | Here, **sins** mean the guilt that people have before God because of the sins they committed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 503 | HEB | 10 | intro | nev1 | 0 | # Hebrews 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In this chapter, the writer finishes describing how Jesus’ sacrifice was better than the sacrifices offered in the Temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 10:5-7, 15-17, 37-38, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s judgment and reward<br><br>Holy living is important for Christians. God will hold people accountable for how they lived their Christian life. Even though there will not be eternal condemnation for Christians, ungodly actions do and will have consequences. In addition, faithful living will be rewarded. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “For it is impossible for the blood of bulls and goats to take away sins”<br><br>The sacrifices themselves had no redeeming power. They were effective because they were a display of faith, which was credited to the person offering the sacrifice. It was ultimately the sacrifice of Jesus which then makes these sacrifices “take away sins.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/redeem]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>### “The covenant that I will make”<br><br>It is unclear whether this prophecy was being fulfilled as the author was writing or whether it was to occur later. The translator should try to avoid making a claim about the time this covenant begins. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]]) | |||
| 504 | HEB | 10 | 1 | kwq1 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | The writer shows the weakness of the law and its sacrifices, why God gave the law, and the perfection of the new priesthood and Christ’s sacrifice. | ||
| 505 | HEB | 10 | 1 | kj83 | figs-metaphor | σκιὰν…ἔχων ὁ νόμος τῶν μελλόντων ἀγαθῶν | 1 | the law is only a shadow of the good things to come | This speaks about **the law** as if it were a **shadow**. The author means the law is not the **good things** that God had promised. It only hints at the good things that God is going to do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 506 | HEB | 10 | 1 | r6ly | οὐκ αὐτὴν τὴν εἰκόνα τῶν πραγμάτων | 1 | not the real forms of those things themselves | Alternate translation: “not the real things themselves” | |
| 507 | HEB | 10 | 2 | aw6g | figs-rquestion | οὐκ ἂν ἐπαύσαντο προσφερόμεναι, διὰ τὸ μηδεμίαν ἔχειν ἔτι συνείδησιν ἁμαρτιῶν, τοὺς λατρεύοντας ἅπαξ κεκαθαρισμένους? | 1 | would the sacrifices not have ceased to be offered? | The author uses a question to state that the sacrifices were limited in their power. Alternate translation: “they would have ceased being offered because no one would still have consciousness of sins, those who worship having been cleansed once for all.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 508 | HEB | 10 | 2 | xor4 | figs-activepassive | οὐκ ἂν ἐπαύσαντο προσφερόμεναι | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “they would have ceased offering those sacrifices” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 509 | HEB | 10 | 2 | mu42 | figs-metaphor | τοὺς λατρεύοντας ἅπαξ κεκαθαρισμένους | 1 | the worshipers would have been cleansed | Here **having been cleansed** represents no longer being guilty of sin. Alternate translation: “those who worship no longer being guilty of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 510 | HEB | 10 | 2 | vzcg | figs-activepassive | τοὺς λατρεύοντας ἅπαξ κεκαθαρισμένους | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the sacrifices would have taken away their sin” or “God would have made them no longer guilty of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 511 | HEB | 10 | 2 | m9tj | τὸ μηδεμίαν ἔχειν ἔτι συνείδησιν ἁμαρτιῶν | 1 | would no longer have any consciousness of sin | Alternate translation: “they would no longer think that they are guilty of sin” or “would know that they are no longer guilty of sin” | |
| 512 | HEB | 10 | 4 | di8i | figs-metaphor | ἀδύνατον γὰρ αἷμα ταύρων καὶ τράγων ἀφαιρεῖν ἁμαρτίας | 1 | For it is impossible for the blood of bulls and goats to take away sins | Here, **sins** are spoken of as if they were objects that animal **blood** could sweep away as it flowed. Alternate translation: “For it is impossible for the blood of bulls and goats to cause God to forgive sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 513 | HEB | 10 | 4 | bvu5 | figs-metonymy | αἷμα ταύρων καὶ τράγων | 1 | the blood of bulls and goats | Here, **blood** refers to these animals dying as sacrifices to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 514 | HEB | 10 | 5 | q4ye | 0 | General Information: | Christ’s words when he was on earth were foretold in this quotation from a psalm of David. | ||
| 515 | HEB | 10 | 5 | ml8e | figs-you | οὐκ ἠθέλησας | 1 | you did not desire | Here, **you** is singular and refers to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) |
| 516 | HEB | 10 | 7 | zn6c | τότε εἶπον | 1 | Then I said | Here, **I** refers to Christ. | |
| 517 | HEB | 10 | 8 | c8eb | 0 | General Information: | Though changing the wording slightly, the author repeats these quotations from a psalm of David for emphasis. | ||
| 518 | HEB | 10 | 8 | rlv8 | θυσίας…προσφορὰς | 1 | sacrifices … offerings | See how you translated the words **Sacrifices** and **offerings** in [Hebrews 10:5](../10/05.md). | |
| 519 | HEB | 10 | 8 | n7kc | ὁλοκαυτώματα…περὶ ἁμαρτίας | 1 | whole burnt offerings … sacrifices for sin | See how you translated **whole burnt offerings** and **sin offerings** in [Hebrews 10:6](../10/06.md). | |
| 520 | HEB | 10 | 8 | d3ek | figs-activepassive | αἵτινες…προσφέρονται | 1 | that are offered | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that priests offer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 521 | HEB | 10 | 9 | k5kv | ἰδοὺ | 1 | See | Alternate translation: “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you” | |
| 522 | HEB | 10 | 9 | rxtb | figs-metaphor | ἀναιρεῖ τὸ πρῶτον, ἵνα τὸ δεύτερον στήσῃ | 1 | Stopping the **first practice** is spoken of as if it were an object that could be taken away. Starting the **second practice** is spoken of as establishing that practice. Alternate translation: “He stops people atoning for sins the first way in order to atone for sins the second way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 523 | HEB | 10 | 9 | ja8n | translate-ordinal | τὸ πρῶτον…τὸ δεύτερον | 1 | first practice … the second practice | The words **first** and **second** are ordinal numbers. Alternate translation: “the old practice … the new practice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) |
| 524 | HEB | 10 | 10 | xj9i | figs-activepassive | ἡγιασμένοι ἐσμὲν | 1 | we have been sanctified | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God has sanctified us” or “God has dedicated us to himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 525 | HEB | 10 | 10 | xk24 | figs-abstractnouns | διὰ τῆς προσφορᾶς τοῦ σώματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ | 1 | through the offering of the body of Jesus Christ | The abstract noun **offering** can be expressed with the verb “offer” or “sacrifice.” Alternate translation: “because Jesus Christ offered his body as a sacrifice” or “because Jesus Christ sacrificed his body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 526 | HEB | 10 | 11 | jq4i | figs-metaphor | οὐδέποτε δύνανται περιελεῖν ἁμαρτίας | 1 | can never take away sins | This speaks of **sins** as if they are objects that a person can **take away**. Alternate translation: “can never cause God to forgive sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 527 | HEB | 10 | 12 | fy8w | translate-symaction | ἐκάθισεν ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | he sat down at the right hand of God | To sit at the **right hand of God** is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Hebrews 1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “he sat down at the place of honor and authority beside God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) |
| 528 | HEB | 10 | 13 | s6sn | figs-metaphor | ἕως τεθῶσιν οἱ ἐχθροὶ αὐτοῦ ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ | 1 | until his enemies are made a stool for his feet | The humiliation of Christ’s **enemies** is spoken of as if they were made a place for him to rest **his feet**. Alternate translation: “until God humiliates Christ’s enemies and they become like a stool for his feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 529 | HEB | 10 | 13 | qnby | figs-activepassive | ἕως τεθῶσιν οἱ ἐχθροὶ αὐτοῦ ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “until God makes Christ’s enemies like a stool for his feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 530 | HEB | 10 | 14 | dz9n | figs-activepassive | τοὺς ἁγιαζομένους | 1 | those who are being sanctified | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom God is sanctifying” or “those whom God has dedicated to himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 531 | HEB | 10 | 15 | qk8j | 0 | General Information: | This is a quotation from the prophet Jeremiah in the Old Testament. | ||
| 532 | HEB | 10 | 16 | czh3 | πρὸς αὐτοὺς | 1 | with them | Alternate translation: “with my people” | |
| 533 | HEB | 10 | 16 | s783 | μετὰ τὰς ἡμέρας ἐκείνας | 1 | after those days | Alternate translation: “when the time of the first covenant with my people has finished” | |
| 534 | HEB | 10 | 16 | xx53 | figs-metonymy | διδοὺς νόμους μου ἐπὶ καρδίας αὐτῶν | 1 | I will put my laws in their hearts | Here, **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s inner being. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 535 | HEB | 10 | 16 | hpn5 | figs-metaphor | διδοὺς νόμους μου ἐπὶ καρδίας αὐτῶν | 1 | The phrase **put them in their hearts** is a metaphor for enabling people to obey the law. Alternate translation: “I will enable them to obey my laws” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 536 | HEB | 10 | 17 | vkw4 | 0 | General Information: | This continues the quotation from the prophet Jeremiah in the Old Testament. | ||
| 537 | HEB | 10 | 17 | qn7w | τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν, καὶ τῶν ἀνομιῶν αὐτῶν, οὐ μὴ μνησθήσομαι ἔτι | 1 | Their sins and lawless deeds I will remember no longer.” | This is the second part of the Holy Spirit’s testimony ([Hebrews 10:15-16](./15.md)). | |
| 538 | HEB | 10 | 17 | pql9 | figs-doublet | τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν, καὶ τῶν ἀνομιῶν αὐτῶν | 1 | Their sins and lawless deeds | The words **sins** and **lawless deeds** mean basically the same thing. Together they emphasize how bad the sin is. Alternate translation: “The things they did that were forbidden and how they broke the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) |
| 539 | HEB | 10 | 18 | pje1 | δὲ | 1 | Now | **Now** is used to draw attention to the important point that follows. It does not mean “at this moment.” | |
| 540 | HEB | 10 | 18 | pjh5 | figs-abstractnouns | ὅπου…ἄφεσις τούτων | 1 | where there is forgiveness for these | You can reword this to express the abstract noun **forgiveness** with the verb “forgive.” Alternate translation: “when God has forgiven these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 541 | HEB | 10 | 18 | z351 | figs-abstractnouns | οὐκέτι προσφορὰ περὶ ἁμαρτίας | 1 | there is no longer any sacrifice for sin | You can reword this to express the abstract noun **sacrifice** with the verb “make offerings.” Alternate translation: “people no longer need to make offerings for sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 542 | HEB | 10 | 19 | ih5u | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Having made it clear that there is only one sacrifice for sin, the writer continues with the picture of the most holy place in the temple, where only the high priest could enter each year with the blood of the sacrifice for sins. He reminds the believers that they now worship God in his presence as if they were standing in the most holy place. | ||
| 543 | HEB | 10 | 19 | f6g3 | figs-metaphor | ἀδελφοί | 1 | brothers | Here, **brothers** refers to all believers in Christ whether male or female. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” or “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 544 | HEB | 10 | 19 | fii7 | figs-metaphor | τῶν ἁγίων | 1 | the most holy place | Here, **the holy place** refers to the presence of God, not the most holy place in the old tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 545 | HEB | 10 | 19 | zl87 | figs-metonymy | ἐν τῷ αἵματι Ἰησοῦ | 1 | by the blood of Jesus | Here, **blood of Jesus** refers to the death of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 546 | HEB | 10 | 20 | l7wh | ὁδὸν πρόσφατον καὶ ζῶσαν | 1 | living way | This could mean: (1) the **new** **way** to God that Jesus has provided results in believers **living** forever. (2) Jesus is alive, and he is the **way** believers enter into the presence of God. | |
| 547 | HEB | 10 | 20 | c3ve | figs-metaphor | διὰ τοῦ καταπετάσματος | 1 | through the curtain | The **curtain** in the earthly temple represented the separation between people and God’s true presence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 548 | HEB | 10 | 20 | ega9 | figs-metonymy | τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ | 1 | his flesh | Here, **flesh** stands for the body of Jesus, and his body stands for his sacrificial death. Alternate translation: “by means of his death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 549 | HEB | 10 | 21 | uh6i | καὶ ἱερέα μέγαν ἐπὶ τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | we have a great priest over the house of God | This must be translated in such a way as to make it clear that Jesus is this **great priest**. | |
| 550 | HEB | 10 | 21 | bmh1 | ἐπὶ τὸν οἶκον | 1 | over the house | Alternate translation: “in charge of the house” | |
| 551 | HEB | 10 | 21 | d1u1 | figs-metaphor | τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | the house of God | This speaks about God’s people as if they were a literal **house** for him. Alternate translation: “all the people of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 552 | HEB | 10 | 22 | l4ik | figs-metonymy | προσερχώμεθα | 1 | let us approach | Here, **approach** stands for worshiping God, as a priest would go up to God’s altar to sacrifice animals to him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 553 | HEB | 10 | 22 | wez1 | figs-metonymy | μετὰ ἀληθινῆς καρδίας | 1 | with true hearts | Here, **true hearts** stands for the genuine will and motivation of the believers. Alternate translation: “with sincerity” or “with sincerely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 554 | HEB | 10 | 22 | i7ti | ἐν πληροφορίᾳ πίστεως | 1 | in the full assurance of faith | Alternate translation: “and with a confident faith” or “and trusting completely in Jesus” | |
| 555 | HEB | 10 | 22 | zkg5 | figs-activepassive | ῥεραντισμένοι τὰς καρδίας | 1 | having our hearts sprinkled clean | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “as if had he made our hearts clean with his blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 556 | HEB | 10 | 22 | w775 | figs-metonymy | ῥεραντισμένοι τὰς καρδίας | 1 | hearts sprinkled clean | Here, **hearts** is a metonym for the conscience, the awareness of right and wrong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 557 | HEB | 10 | 22 | oa1s | figs-metaphor | ῥεραντισμένοι τὰς καρδίας | 1 | Being made **clean** is a metaphor for being forgiven and being given the status of righteousness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 558 | HEB | 10 | 22 | pc1a | translate-symaction | ῥεραντισμένοι | 1 | sprinkled | Sprinkling was a symbolic action done by the priests by which they applied the benefits of the covenant to people and to objects. See how you translated this in [Hebrews 9:19](../09/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) |
| 559 | HEB | 10 | 22 | p2sk | figs-activepassive | λελουμένοι τὸ σῶμα ὕδατι καθαρῷ | 1 | having our bodies washed with pure water | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “as if he had washed our bodies in pure water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 560 | HEB | 10 | 22 | tk9p | figs-metaphor | λελουμένοι τὸ σῶμα ὕδατι καθαρῷ | 1 | our bodies washed with pure water | This **washing** stands for the believer being made acceptable to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 561 | HEB | 10 | 22 | qr4b | figs-metonymy | λελουμένοι τὸ σῶμα ὕδατι καθαρῷ | 1 | If the translator understands this phrase as referring to Christian baptism, then **water** is literal, not figurative. But if **water** is taken as literal, then **pure** is figurative, standing for the spiritual purity that baptism is said here to accomplish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 562 | HEB | 10 | 23 | k5ui | figs-metaphor | κατέχωμεν τὴν ὁμολογίαν τῆς ἐλπίδος | 1 | Let us also hold tightly to the confession of our hope | Here, **hold tightly** is a metaphor that refers to a person determining to do something and refusing to stop. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 563 | HEB | 10 | 23 | n57o | figs-abstractnouns | κατέχωμεν τὴν ὁμολογίαν τῆς ἐλπίδος | 1 | You can translate the abstract nouns **confession** and **hope** as verbs. Alternate translation: “Let us be determined to continue confessing the things that we confidently expect from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 564 | HEB | 10 | 23 | jy4t | figs-metaphor | ἀκλινῆ | 1 | without wavering | Being uncertain about something is spoken of as if he were **wavering** or leaning from side to side. Alternate translation: “without being unsure” or “without doubting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 565 | HEB | 10 | 25 | v4fa | figs-explicit | μὴ ἐγκαταλείποντες τὴν ἐπισυναγωγὴν ἑαυτῶν | 1 | Let us not stop meeting together | You can make explicit that the people met to worship. Alternate translation: “let us not stop coming together to worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 566 | HEB | 10 | 25 | rqfz | figs-metonymy | ὅσῳ βλέπετε ἐγγίζουσαν τὴν ἡμέραν | 1 | Here, **the day** refers to when Jesus will return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 567 | HEB | 10 | 25 | k9c7 | figs-metaphor | ὅσῳ βλέπετε ἐγγίζουσαν τὴν ἡμέραν | 1 | as you see the day coming closer | A future time is spoken of as if it were an object coming closer to the speaker. Alternate translation: “as you know that Christ will return soon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 568 | HEB | 10 | 26 | gm7l | 0 | Connecting Statement: | The writer now gives his fourth warning. | ||
| 569 | HEB | 10 | 26 | byv6 | ἑκουσίως…ἁμαρτανόντων ἡμῶν | 1 | we deliberately go on sinning | Alternate translation: “if we know we are sinning but we do it again and again” | |
| 570 | HEB | 10 | 26 | hj5s | figs-metaphor | μετὰ τὸ λαβεῖν τὴν ἐπίγνωσιν τῆς ἀληθείας | 1 | after we have received the knowledge of the truth | Here, **knowledge of the truth** is spoken of as if it were an object that could be given by one person to another. Alternate translation: “after we have learned the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 571 | HEB | 10 | 26 | b1r7 | figs-explicit | τῆς ἀληθείας | 1 | the truth | This refers to the **truth** about God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 572 | HEB | 10 | 26 | l7sv | figs-explicit | οὐκέτι περὶ ἁμαρτιῶν ἀπολείπεται θυσία | 1 | a sacrifice for sins no longer exists | No one is able to give a new **sacrifice** because Christ’s sacrifice is the only one that works. Alternate translation: “no one can offer a sacrifice for which God will forgive our sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 573 | HEB | 10 | 26 | sil4 | περὶ ἁμαρτιῶν…θυσία | 1 | a sacrifice for sins | Here, **sacrifice for sins** stands for “an effective way to sacrifice animals to take away sins” | |
| 574 | HEB | 10 | 27 | fza4 | figs-explicit | κρίσεως | 1 | of judgment | Here, **judgment**, refers to when God will judge. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 575 | HEB | 10 | 27 | t6da | figs-metaphor | πυρὸς ζῆλος ἐσθίειν μέλλοντος τοὺς ὑπεναντίους | 1 | a fury of fire that will consume God’s enemies | God’s **zeal** is spoken of as if it were fire that would burn up his **enemies**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 576 | HEB | 10 | 28 | c1aj | figs-explicit | δυσὶν ἢ τρισὶν μάρτυσιν | 1 | two or three witnesses | It is implied that this means “of at least two or three witness.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 577 | HEB | 10 | 29 | gv5z | figs-exclamations | πόσῳ δοκεῖτε χείρονος, ἀξιωθήσεται τιμωρίας, ὁ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ καταπατήσας, καὶ τὸ αἷμα τῆς διαθήκης κοινὸν ἡγησάμενος, ἐν ᾧ ἡγιάσθη, καὶ τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς χάριτος ἐνυβρίσας! | 1 | How much worse punishment do you think one deserves … grace? | The author is emphasizing the greatness of the **punishment** for those who reject Christ. Alternate translation: “This was severe punishment. But the punishment will be even greater for anyone who has trampled underfoot the Son of God, and has considered the blood of the covenant—by which he was sanctified—{as} profane, and has insulted the Spirit of grace!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) |
| 578 | HEB | 10 | 29 | jd69 | figs-metaphor | τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ καταπατήσας | 1 | has trampled underfoot the Son of God | Disregarding Christ and scorning him are spoken of as if someone had walked on him. Alternate translation: “has rejected the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 579 | HEB | 10 | 29 | d2z9 | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | the Son of God | **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 580 | HEB | 10 | 29 | m7lw | τὸ αἷμα τῆς διαθήκης κοινὸν ἡγησάμενος | 1 | who treated the blood of the covenant as unholy | This shows how the person has trampled the Son of God. Alternate translation: “treated the blood of the covenant … as unholy” | |
| 581 | HEB | 10 | 29 | el74 | figs-metonymy | τὸ αἷμα τῆς διαθήκης | 1 | the blood of the covenant | Here, **blood** stands for Christ’s death, by which God established the new **covenant**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 582 | HEB | 10 | 29 | wj2p | figs-activepassive | τὸ αἷμα τῆς διαθήκης κοινὸν…ἐν ᾧ ἡγιάσθη | 1 | the blood by which he was sanctified | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the blood by which God sanctified him as profane” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 583 | HEB | 10 | 29 | qr6c | τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς χάριτος | 1 | the Spirit of grace | Alternate translation: “the Spirit of God, who provides grace” | |
| 584 | HEB | 10 | 30 | ynr1 | figs-exclusive | οἴδαμεν | 1 | The word **we** here refers to the writer and all believers. These two quotations come from the law that Moses gave in the Old Testament. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
| 585 | HEB | 10 | 30 | vub5 | ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις; ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω…κρινεῖ Κύριος τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ | 1 | These two quotations come from the law that Moses gave in the Old Testament. | ||
| 586 | HEB | 10 | 30 | v8ad | figs-metaphor | ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις | 1 | Vengeance belongs to me | **Vengeance** is spoken of as if it were an object that belongs to God, who has the right to do as he wishes with what he owns. God has the right to take vengeance on his enemies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 587 | HEB | 10 | 30 | pdw9 | figs-metaphor | ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω | 1 | I will pay back | God taking vengeance is spoken of as if he were paying back the harmful things that someone has done to others. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 588 | HEB | 10 | 31 | hhu7 | figs-metaphor | τὸ ἐμπεσεῖν εἰς χεῖρας | 1 | to fall into the hands | Receiving God’s full punishment is spoken of as if the person were **to fall** into God’s **hands**. Alternate translation: “to receive the full punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 589 | HEB | 10 | 31 | mr1p | figs-metonymy | τὸ ἐμπεσεῖν εἰς χεῖρας | 1 | Here, **hands** refers to God’s power to judge. Alternate translation: “into the judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 590 | HEB | 10 | 32 | tlh3 | τὰς πρότερον ἡμέρας | 1 | the former days | Alternate translation: “the time in the past” | |
| 591 | HEB | 10 | 32 | p3q3 | figs-metaphor | φωτισθέντες | 1 | after you were enlightened | Learning the truth is spoken of as if God shined a light on the person. Alternate translation: “after you had learned the truth about Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 592 | HEB | 10 | 32 | ami9 | figs-activepassive | φωτισθέντες | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “after God had shown you the truth about Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 593 | HEB | 10 | 33 | cig1 | figs-activepassive | ὀνειδισμοῖς τε καὶ θλίψεσιν θεατριζόμενοι | 1 | You were exposed to public ridicule by insults and persecution | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “people ridiculed you both by insulting and by persecuting you in public” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 594 | HEB | 10 | 33 | u1gk | κοινωνοὶ τῶν…γενηθέντες | 1 | you were sharing with those | Alternate translation: “you joined those” | |
| 595 | HEB | 10 | 34 | cjr6 | figs-metaphor | κρείσσονα ὕπαρξιν, καὶ μένουσαν | 1 | a better and everlasting possession | God’s eternal blessings are spoken of as a **possession**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 596 | HEB | 10 | 35 | xh64 | 0 | General Information: | In 10:37 is a quotation from the prophet Isaiah in the Old Testament. | ||
| 597 | HEB | 10 | 35 | m35c | figs-metaphor | μὴ ἀποβάλητε οὖν τὴν παρρησίαν ὑμῶν, ἥτις ἔχει μεγάλην μισθαποδοσίαν | 1 | do not throw away your confidence, which has a great reward | A person no longer having **confidence** is spoken of as if the person were to **throw away** his confidence, like a person would discard something worthless. Alternate translation: “do not stop being confident, because you will receive a great reward for being confident” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 598 | HEB | 10 | 35 | bksd | figs-abstractnouns | μὴ ἀποβάλητε οὖν τὴν παρρησίαν ὑμῶν, ἥτις ἔχει μεγάλην μισθαποδοσίαν | 1 | You can translate the abstract noun **confidence** with the adjective “confident” or the adverb “confidently.” Alternate translation: “do not stop confidently trusting in God, who will reward you greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 599 | HEB | 10 | 37 | st8v | figs-explicit | ἔτι γὰρ μικρὸν ὅσον, ὅσον | 1 | For in a very little while | You can make explicit who is speaking. Alternate translation: “As God said in the scriptures, ‘For in a very little while” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 600 | HEB | 10 | 37 | cna2 | ἔτι…μικρὸν ὅσον, ὅσον | 1 | in a very little while | Alternate translation: “very soon” | |
| 601 | HEB | 10 | 38 | j2ck | 0 | General Information: | In 10:38 the author quotes from the prophet Habakkuk, which directly follows the quotation from the prophet Isaiah in 10:37. | ||
| 602 | HEB | 10 | 38 | j6d1 | figs-genericnoun | ὁ…δίκαιός μου…ἐὰν ὑποστείληται…ἐν αὐτῷ | 1 | My righteous one … If he shrinks … with him | Here, **my righteous one**, **he**, and **him** refer to any of God’s people in general. Alternate translation: “my faithful people … If any one of them shrinks … with that person” or “my faithful people … If they shrink … with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) |
| 603 | HEB | 10 | 38 | r8mh | ὁ…ψυχή μου | 1 | My righteous … I will | Here, both occurrences of **my** refer to God. | |
| 604 | HEB | 10 | 39 | i9zh | figs-metaphor | ὑποστολῆς εἰς ἀπώλειαν | 1 | who turn back to destruction | A person who loses courage and faith are spoken of as if he were stepping back in fear from something. And **destruction** is spoken of as if it were a destination. Alternate translation: “who stop trusting God, which will cause him to destroy us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 605 | HEB | 10 | 39 | dv8y | figs-metaphor | εἰς περιποίησιν ψυχῆς | 1 | for keeping our soul | Living eternally with God is spoken of as if it were keeping one’s **soul**. Alternate translation: “so that his soul will live with God forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 606 | HEB | 10 | 39 | hm0m | figs-synecdoche | εἰς περιποίησιν ψυχῆς | 1 | Here, **soul** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “so that he will live with God forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 607 | HEB | 11 | intro | g4cc | 0 | # Hebrews 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure<br><br>The writer begins this chapter by telling what faith is. Then he gives many examples of people who had faith and how they lived.<br><br>## Important concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Faith<br><br>In both the old and new covenants, God required faith. Some people with faith performed miracles and were very powerful. Other people with faith suffered greatly. | |||
| 608 | HEB | 11 | 1 | a371 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | The author tells three things about faith in this brief introduction. | ||
| 609 | HEB | 11 | 1 | d95i | δὲ | 1 | Now | **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main teaching. Here the author starts to explain the meaning of “faith.” | |
| 610 | HEB | 11 | 1 | dne9 | ἔστιν…πίστις ἐλπιζομένων ὑπόστασις | 1 | faith is being sure of the things hoped for | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “when we have faith, we are sure of the things we hope for” or “faith is what allows a person to confidently expect certain things” | |
| 611 | HEB | 11 | 1 | hiq2 | ἐλπιζομένων | 1 | hoped for | Here **things being hoped for** refers specifically to the sure promises of God, especially the certainty that all believers in Jesus will live with God forever in heaven. | |
| 612 | HEB | 11 | 1 | ybd8 | figs-activepassive | πραγμάτων ἔλεγχος οὐ βλεπομένων | 1 | certain of things that are not seen | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “proof of what we still have not seen” or “proof of what still have not happened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 613 | HEB | 11 | 2 | smr4 | ἐν ταύτῃ γὰρ | 1 | For because of this | Alternate translation: “Because they were certain about events that had not happened” | |
| 614 | HEB | 11 | 2 | kmq6 | figs-activepassive | ἐμαρτυρήθησαν οἱ πρεσβύτεροι | 1 | the ancestors were approved | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God approved of our ancestors because they had faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 615 | HEB | 11 | 2 | u66c | figs-explicit | οἱ πρεσβύτεροι | 1 | the ancestors | The author is speaking to the Hebrews about their Hebrew ancestors. Alternate translation: “our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 616 | HEB | 11 | 3 | u5i9 | figs-activepassive | κατηρτίσθαι τοὺς αἰῶνας ῥήματι Θεοῦ | 1 | the universe was created by God’s command | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that God created the universe by commanding it to exist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 617 | HEB | 11 | 3 | e7fs | τὸ μὴ ἐκ φαινομένων, τὸ βλεπόμενον γεγονέναι | 1 | what is visible was not made out of things that were visible | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God did not create what we see out of things that were visible” | |
| 618 | HEB | 11 | 4 | w5de | 0 | Connecting Statement: | The writer then gives many examples (mostly from Old Testament writings) of people who lived by faith even though they did not receive what God had promised while they lived on the earth. | ||
| 619 | HEB | 11 | 4 | r2m8 | figs-activepassive | ἐμαρτυρήθη εἶναι δίκαιος | 1 | he was attested to be righteous | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God declared him to be righteous” or “God declared that Abel was righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 620 | HEB | 11 | 4 | g52j | figs-metaphor | ἔτι λαλεῖ | 1 | Abel still speaks | Reading the scriptures and learning about Abel’s faith is spoken of as if Abel himself were still speaking. Alternate translation: “we still learn from what Abel did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 621 | HEB | 11 | 5 | r3yl | figs-activepassive | πίστει Ἑνὼχ μετετέθη, τοῦ μὴ ἰδεῖν θάνατον | 1 | It was by faith that Enoch was taken up so that he did not see death | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “It was by faith that Enoch did not die because God took him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 622 | HEB | 11 | 5 | ki2t | figs-metaphor | ἰδεῖν θάνατον | 1 | see death | This speaks of **death** as if it were an object that people can see. It means to experience death. Alternate translation: “dying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 623 | HEB | 11 | 5 | kb5l | figs-activepassive | πρὸ…τῆς μεταθέσεως | 1 | before he was taken up | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “before God took him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 624 | HEB | 11 | 5 | jbx2 | figs-activepassive | μεμαρτύρηται εὐηρεστηκέναι τῷ Θεῷ | 1 | it was testified that he had pleased God | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. This could mean: (1) God said that Enoch had pleased him. (2) people said that Enoch pleased God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 625 | HEB | 11 | 6 | hd94 | χωρὶς δὲ πίστεως | 1 | Now without faith | **Now** does not mean “at this moment,” but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows. | |
| 626 | HEB | 11 | 6 | r9nb | figs-doublenegatives | χωρὶς…πίστεως, ἀδύνατον εὐαρεστῆσαι | 1 | without faith it is impossible to please him | You can state the double negative **without … impossible** in positive form. Alternate translation: “a person can please God only if he has faith in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) |
| 627 | HEB | 11 | 6 | b438 | figs-metaphor | τὸν προσερχόμενον τῷ Θεῷ | 1 | that anyone coming to God | Wanting to worship God and belong to his people is spoken of as if the person is literally coming **to God**. Alternate translation: “that anyone who wants to belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 628 | HEB | 11 | 6 | xl5v | τοῖς ἐκζητοῦσιν…μισθαποδότης γίνεται | 1 | he is a rewarder of those | Alternate translation: “he rewards those who seek” | |
| 629 | HEB | 11 | 6 | i8e9 | figs-metaphor | τοῖς ἐκζητοῦσιν αὐτὸν | 1 | those who seek him | People who learn about God and make an effort to obey him are spoken of as if they were seeking to find him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 630 | HEB | 11 | 7 | r67b | figs-activepassive | χρηματισθεὶς | 1 | having been given a divine message | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “because God told him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 631 | HEB | 11 | 7 | p3pn | figs-activepassive | περὶ τῶν μηδέπω βλεπομένων | 1 | about things not yet seen | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “about things no one had ever seen before” or “about events that had not happened yet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 632 | HEB | 11 | 7 | pf7b | figs-metonymy | τὸν κόσμον | 1 | the world | Here, **the world** refers to the world’s human population. Alternate translation: “the people living in the world at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 633 | HEB | 11 | 7 | c9yc | figs-metaphor | τῆς…δικαιοσύνης, ἐγένετο κληρονόμος | 1 | became an heir of the righteousness | Noah receiving **righteousness** is spoken of as if he were inheriting property and wealth from a family member. Alternate translation: “received from God the righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 634 | HEB | 11 | 7 | et9l | κατὰ πίστιν | 1 | that is according to faith | Alternate translation: “that God gives to those who have faith in him” | |
| 635 | HEB | 11 | 8 | a7c2 | figs-activepassive | καλούμενος | 1 | when he was called | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “when God called him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 636 | HEB | 11 | 8 | kkt5 | ἐξελθεῖν εἰς τόπον | 1 | went out to the place | Alternate translation: “to leave his home to go to the place” | |
| 637 | HEB | 11 | 8 | d1zf | figs-metaphor | ὃν ἤμελλεν λαμβάνειν εἰς κληρονομίαν | 1 | that he was to receive as an inheritance | The land that God promised to give Abraham’s descendants is spoken of as if it were **an inheritance** that Abraham was **going to receive**. Alternate translation: “that God would give him for an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 638 | HEB | 11 | 8 | sq21 | ἐξῆλθεν | 1 | He went out | Alternate translation: “he left his home” | |
| 639 | HEB | 11 | 9 | pmb6 | figs-abstractnouns | παρῴκησεν εἰς γῆν τῆς ἐπαγγελίας ὡς ἀλλοτρίαν | 1 | he lived in the land of promise as a foreigner | You can express the abstract noun **promise** with the verb “promised.” Alternate translation: “he lived as a foreigner in the land God had promised to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 640 | HEB | 11 | 9 | s5fw | figs-metaphor | τῶν συνκληρονόμων | 1 | fellow heirs | This speaks about Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob as if they were **fellow heirs** that would receive an inheritance from their father. Alternate translation: “heirs together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 641 | HEB | 11 | 10 | f3z8 | figs-metonymy | τὴν τοὺς θεμελίους ἔχουσαν πόλιν | 1 | the city with foundations | Having **foundations** indicates that the city is permanent. Alternate translation: “the eternal city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 642 | HEB | 11 | 10 | fd98 | ἧς τεχνίτης καὶ δημιουργὸς ὁ Θεός | 1 | whose architect and builder is God | Alternate translation: “which God designed and built” or “which God would design and build” | |
| 643 | HEB | 11 | 10 | ufe6 | τεχνίτης | 1 | architect | An **architect** a person who designs buildings and cities. | |
| 644 | HEB | 11 | 11 | mk6i | πίστει καὶ αὐτῇ Σάρρᾳ δύναμιν εἰς καταβολὴν σπέρματος ἔλαβεν, καὶ παρὰ καιρὸν ἡλικίας, ἐπεὶ…ἡγήσατο | 1 | It was by faith, even though Sarah herself was barren, that Abraham received ability to father a child. This happened even though he was too old, since he considered | The verbs **received** and **considered** could be either masculine or feminine. Some versions interpret this verse as referring to Abraham. “By faith Abraham, even though Sarah herself was beyond the time of full age, received power to bear children, since he considered” | |
| 645 | HEB | 11 | 11 | mtf2 | figs-abstractnouns | πίστει | 1 | It was by faith | You can express the abstract noun **faith** with the verb “believe.” This could mean: (1) this happened because of Abraham’s faith. Alternate translation: “It was because Abraham believed God” (2) this happened because of Sarah’s faith. Alternate translation: “It was because Sarah believed God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 646 | HEB | 11 | 11 | dgu6 | δύναμιν εἰς καταβολὴν σπέρματος ἔλαβεν | 1 | received ability to father a child | Alternate translation: “received ability to become a father” or “received ability to have a child” | |
| 647 | HEB | 11 | 11 | wgp6 | ἐπεὶ πιστὸν ἡγήσατο τὸν ἐπαγγειλάμενον | 1 | since she considered as faithful the one who had given the promise | Alternate translation: “because he believed God, who had given the promise, to be faithful” | |
| 648 | HEB | 11 | 12 | x8b2 | figs-simile | ἐγεννήθησαν…καθὼς τὰ ἄστρα τοῦ οὐρανοῦ τῷ πλήθει, καὶ ὡς ἡ ἄμμος, ἡ παρὰ τὸ χεῖλος τῆς θαλάσσης, ἡ ἀναρίθμητος | 1 | descendants as many as the stars in the sky and as countless as sand by the seashore | This simile means Abraham had very many descendants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) |
| 649 | HEB | 11 | 12 | mu4e | ὡς ἡ ἄμμος, ἡ παρὰ τὸ χεῖλος τῆς θαλάσσης, ἡ ἀναρίθμητος | 1 | as countless as sand by the seashore | Here, **countless as the sand along the shore of the sea** means that just as there are so many grains of **sand** on the seashore that no one can count them all, Abraham had so many descendants that no one can count them all. | |
| 650 | HEB | 11 | 13 | yin6 | figs-metaphor | μὴ λαβόντες τὰς ἐπαγγελίας | 1 | without receiving the promises | This speaks of **the promises** as if they are objects that a person receives. Alternate translation: “without receiving what God had promised them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 651 | HEB | 11 | 13 | g5ut | figs-metaphor | πόρρωθεν αὐτὰς ἰδόντες καὶ ἀσπασάμενοι | 1 | after seeing and greeting them from far off | Future promised events are spoken of as if they were travelers arriving from far away. Alternate translation: “after learning what God will do in the future” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 652 | HEB | 11 | 13 | n71b | ὁμολογήσαντες | 1 | they admitted | Alternate translation: “they acknowledged” or “they accepted” | |
| 653 | HEB | 11 | 13 | q1nq | figs-doublet | ξένοι καὶ παρεπίδημοί εἰσιν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς | 1 | they were foreigners and exiles on earth | Here, **foreigners** and **exiles** mean basically the same thing. This emphasizes that this earth was not their true home. They were waiting for their true home that God would make for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) |
| 654 | HEB | 11 | 14 | xwa4 | πατρίδα | 1 | a homeland | Alternate translation: “a country for them to belong to” | |
| 655 | HEB | 11 | 16 | ea1a | ἐπουρανίου | 1 | heavenly one | Alternate translation: “a heavenly country” or “a country in heaven” | |
| 656 | HEB | 11 | 16 | cvh1 | figs-activepassive | οὐκ ἐπαισχύνεται αὐτοὺς ὁ Θεὸς, Θεὸς ἐπικαλεῖσθαι αὐτῶν | 1 | God is not ashamed to be called their God | You can express this in active form. Alternate translation: “God is not ashamed that they call him their God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 657 | HEB | 11 | 16 | zfir | figs-litotes | οὐκ ἐπαισχύνεται αὐτοὺς ὁ Θεὸς, Θεὸς ἐπικαλεῖσθαι αὐτῶν | 1 | The writer expressed this in a negative form to stress that God was proud to be **their God**. You can express this in positive form. Alternate translation: “God is proud to have them say that he is their God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) | |
| 658 | HEB | 11 | 17 | bk7a | figs-activepassive | πειραζόμενος | 1 | when he was tested | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “when God tested him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 659 | HEB | 11 | 18 | wy2j | figs-activepassive | πρὸς ὃν ἐλαλήθη | 1 | to whom it had been said | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God had said to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 660 | HEB | 11 | 18 | c23z | figs-metonymy | κληθήσεταί σοι σπέρμα | 1 | your descendants will be named | Here, **named** means assigned or designated. Alternate translation: “your descendants will be designated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 661 | HEB | 11 | 18 | g294 | figs-activepassive | κληθήσεταί σοι σπέρμα | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I will designate your descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 662 | HEB | 11 | 19 | p43u | καὶ ἐκ νεκρῶν ἐγείρειν δυνατὸς ὁ Θεός | 1 | God was able to raise up Isaac from the dead | Alternate translation: “God was able to cause Isaac to live again” | |
| 663 | HEB | 11 | 19 | sar1 | καὶ ἐκ νεκρῶν ἐγείρειν | 1 | to raise up … from the dead | Here, **to raise up** is to make alive again. The words **from the dead** speak of all dead people together in the underworld. | |
| 664 | HEB | 11 | 19 | aea3 | ἐν παραβολῇ | 1 | figuratively speaking | Here the phrase **in a parable** means that what the author says next is not to be understood literally. God did not bring Isaac back from death literally. But because Abraham was about to sacrifice Isaac when God stopped him, it was as if God brought him back from the dead. Alternate translation: “in a manner of speaking” | |
| 665 | HEB | 11 | 19 | k7u3 | ὅθεν | 1 | from there | Alternate translation: “from the dead” | |
| 666 | HEB | 11 | 19 | g19x | αὐτὸν…ἐκομίσατο | 1 | he received him back | Alternate translation: “Abraham received Isaac back” | |
| 667 | HEB | 11 | 22 | lkp6 | figs-euphemism | τελευτῶν | 1 | when his end was near | Here, **an end** is a polite way of referring to death. Alternate translation: “when he was about to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) |
| 668 | HEB | 11 | 22 | hhs3 | περὶ τῆς ἐξόδου τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ ἐμνημόνευσεν | 1 | spoke of the departure of the children of Israel from Egypt | Alternate translation: “spoke of when the children of Israel would leave Egypt” | |
| 669 | HEB | 11 | 22 | t6i5 | τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ | 1 | the sons of Israel | Alternate translation: “the Israelites” or “the descendants of Israel” | |
| 670 | HEB | 11 | 22 | nl1i | figs-explicit | περὶ τῶν ὀστέων αὐτοῦ ἐνετείλατο | 1 | instructed them about his bones | Joseph died while in Egypt. He wanted his people to take **his bones** with them when they left Egypt so they could bury his bones in the land that God promised them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 671 | HEB | 11 | 23 | g2wx | figs-activepassive | Μωϋσῆς, γεννηθεὶς, ἐκρύβη τρίμηνον ὑπὸ τῶν πατέρων αὐτοῦ | 1 | Moses, when he was born, was hidden for three months by his parents | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Moses’ parents hid him for three months after he was born” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 672 | HEB | 11 | 24 | h5wz | μέγας γενόμενος | 1 | had grown up | Alternate translation: “having become an adult” | |
| 673 | HEB | 11 | 24 | mq2x | figs-activepassive | ἠρνήσατο λέγεσθαι | 1 | refused to be called | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “refused to allow people to call him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 674 | HEB | 11 | 26 | i9sc | figs-abstractnouns | τὸν ὀνειδισμὸν τοῦ Χριστοῦ | 1 | the disgrace of following Christ | You can reword the abstract noun **reproach** with the verb “disrespect.” Alternate translation: “the experience of people disrespecting him because he did what Christ would want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 675 | HEB | 11 | 26 | t588 | figs-metaphor | ἀπέβλεπεν…εἰς τὴν μισθαποδοσίαν | 1 | fixing his eyes on his reward | Fully concentrating on achieving a goal is spoken of as if a person were staring at an object and refusing to look away. Alternate translation: “doing what he knew would earn him a reward in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 676 | HEB | 11 | 27 | rc43 | figs-simile | τὸν…ἀόρατον ὡς ὁρῶν, ἐκαρτέρησεν | 2 | he endured as if he were seeing the one who is invisible | Moses is spoken of as if he saw God, who is invisible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) |
| 677 | HEB | 11 | 27 | cc8w | τὸν…ἀόρατον | 2 | the one who is invisible | Alternate translation: “the one no one can see” | |
| 678 | HEB | 11 | 28 | tz7k | πεποίηκεν τὸ Πάσχα καὶ τὴν πρόσχυσιν τοῦ αἵματος | 1 | he kept the Passover and the sprinkling of the blood | This was the first **Passover**. Moses kept it by obeying God’s commands concerning the Passover and by commanding the people to obey them every year. Alternate translation: “he commanded the people to obey God’s commands concerning the Passover and to sprinkle blood on their doors” or “he established the Passover and the sprinkling of blood” | |
| 679 | HEB | 11 | 28 | bef7 | figs-explicit | τὴν πρόσχυσιν τοῦ αἵματος | 1 | the sprinkling of the blood | Here, **the sprinkling of the blood** refers to God’s command to the Israelites to kill a lamb and spread its** blood** on the doorposts of every house where Israelites lived. This would prevent the destroyer from harming their firstborn sons. This was one of the Passover commands. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 680 | HEB | 11 | 28 | bm2f | figs-metonymy | μὴ…θίγῃ | 1 | should not touch | Here, **touch** refers to harming or to killing someone. Alternate translation: “would not harm” or “would not kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 681 | HEB | 11 | 29 | a67h | διέβησαν τὴν Ἐρυθρὰν Θάλασσαν | 1 | they passed through the Sea of Reeds | Alternate translation: “the Israelites passed through the Sea of Reeds” | |
| 682 | HEB | 11 | 29 | hq2y | figs-activepassive | κατεπόθησαν | 1 | they were swallowed up | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the water swallowed up the Egyptians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 683 | HEB | 11 | 29 | kmy8 | figs-metaphor | κατεπόθησαν | 1 | they were swallowed up | The Egyptians are spoken of as if an animal **swallowed** them as it would swallow water or food. Alternate translation: “the Egyptians drowned in the water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 684 | HEB | 11 | 30 | lnw4 | figs-activepassive | κυκλωθέντα ἐπὶ ἑπτὰ ἡμέρας | 1 | they had been circled around for seven days | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the Israelites had marched around them for seven days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 685 | HEB | 11 | 31 | ftc8 | δεξαμένη τοὺς κατασκόπους μετ’ εἰρήνης | 1 | had received the spies in peace | Alternate translation: “who had peacefully received the spies” | |
| 686 | HEB | 11 | 32 | rh6y | figs-rquestion | τί ἔτι λέγω? | 1 | What more can I say? | The author uses a question to emphasize that there are many examples that he could have quoted. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “there are many more examples.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 687 | HEB | 11 | 32 | bs7h | ἐπιλείψει…με…ὁ χρόνος | 1 | the time will fail me | Alternate translation: “I will not have enough time” | |
| 688 | HEB | 11 | 32 | ni55 | translate-names | Βαράκ | 1 | Barak | **Barak** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 689 | HEB | 11 | 33 | f3jx | οἳ διὰ πίστεως | 1 | It was through faith | Here, **who** does not mean that each person listed in 11:32 did all the things the author is about to mention. The author means in general these are the kinds of things that those with faith were able to do. Alternate translation: “people like these through faith” | |
| 690 | HEB | 11 | 33 | v5w8 | οἳ διὰ πίστεως κατηγωνίσαντο βασιλείας | 1 | they conquered kingdoms | Here, **kingdoms** refers to the people who lived in them. Alternate translation: “who through faith defeated the people of foreign kingdoms” | |
| 691 | HEB | 11 | 33 | u2su | figs-metonymy | ἔφραξαν στόματα λεόντων | 1 | They stopped the mouths of lions | The **mouths of the lions** represents the entire lions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 692 | HEB | 11 | 33 | p6sr | figs-metaphor | ἔφραξαν στόματα λεόντων | 1 | This phrase begins a list of some of the ways God saved believers from death. Preventing the **lions** from eating them is spoken of as stopping **the mouths** of the lions. Alternate translation: “kept lions from eating them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 693 | HEB | 11 | 34 | u5hc | figs-metonymy | ἔσβεσαν δύναμιν πυρός | 1 | The **power of fire** represents being burned to death by fire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 694 | HEB | 11 | 34 | j6sv | figs-metaphor | ἔσβεσαν δύναμιν πυρός | 1 | extinguished the power of fire, escaped the edge of the sword | Preventing **fire** from burning them to death them is spoken of as extinguishing the **power of fire**. Alternate translation: “prevented fire from burning them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 695 | HEB | 11 | 34 | ppf8 | figs-metonymy | ἔφυγον στόματα μαχαίρης | 1 | The **edge of the sword** represents the entire sword and its ability to kill. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 696 | HEB | 11 | 34 | uqnf | figs-metaphor | ἔφυγον στόματα μαχαίρης | 1 | Avoiding being killed by **the sword** is spoken of as escaping the **edge of the sword**. Alternate translation: “avoided being killed by the sword” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 697 | HEB | 11 | 34 | iri4 | figs-activepassive | ἐδυναμώθησαν ἀπὸ ἀσθενείας | 1 | were healed of illnesses | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “received healing from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 698 | HEB | 11 | 35 | t9sp | figs-abstractnouns | ἔλαβον γυναῖκες ἐξ ἀναστάσεως τοὺς νεκροὺς αὐτῶν | 1 | Women received back their dead by resurrection | You can state the abstract noun **resurrection** with a verb. Alternate translation: “Women received their dead back alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 699 | HEB | 11 | 35 | av6c | figs-nominaladj | ἔλαβον γυναῖκες ἐξ ἀναστάσεως τοὺς νεκροὺς αὐτῶν | 1 | The word **dead** is a nominal adjective. You can state this as a verb. Alternate translation: “Women received back alive those who had died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) | |
| 700 | HEB | 11 | 35 | ne1u | figs-explicit | ἄλλοι δὲ ἐτυμπανίσθησαν, οὐ προσδεξάμενοι τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν | 1 | Others were tortured, not accepting release | It is implied that their enemies would have released them from prison under certain conditions. Alternate translation: “but others were tortured rather than denying their faith in order to be released from prison” or “but others were tortured rather than doing what their enemies required of them in order to release them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 701 | HEB | 11 | 35 | j37h | figs-activepassive | ἄλλοι δὲ ἐτυμπανίσθησαν, οὐ προσδεξάμενοι τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “but others accepted torture rather than release from prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 702 | HEB | 11 | 35 | jyw7 | κρείττονος ἀναστάσεως | 1 | a better resurrection | This could mean: (1) these people will experience a **better** life in heaven than what they experienced in this world. (2) these people will have a **better resurrection** than those who did not have faith. Those with faith will live forever with God. Those without faith will live forever separated from God. | |
| 703 | HEB | 11 | 36 | e9al | figs-activepassive | ἕτεροι…ἐμπαιγμῶν καὶ μαστίγων πεῖραν ἔλαβον | 1 | Others had testing in mocking and whippings | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “people mocked and whipped others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 704 | HEB | 11 | 36 | nx7u | figs-abstractnouns | ἕτεροι…ἐμπαιγμῶν καὶ μαστίγων πεῖραν ἔλαβον, ἔτι δὲ δεσμῶν καὶ φυλακῆς | 1 | Others had testing in mocking and whippings, and even chains and imprisonment | You can express the abstract nouns **mocking**, **whippings**, and **imprisonment** with verbs. Alternate translation: “God tested others by allowing their enemies to mock and whip them and even put them in chains and imprison them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 705 | HEB | 11 | 37 | fg8c | figs-activepassive | ἐλιθάσθησαν, ἐπρίσθησαν, ἐπειράσθησαν, ἐν φόνῳ μαχαίρης ἀπέθανον | 1 | They were stoned. They were sawn in two. They were killed with the sword | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “People threw stones at others and sawed others in two and killed others with the sword” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 706 | HEB | 11 | 37 | r3gx | περιῆλθον | 1 | went about | Alternate translation: “they went from place to place” or “they lived all the time” | |
| 707 | HEB | 11 | 37 | qf89 | ἐν μηλωταῖς, ἐν αἰγίοις δέρμασιν | 1 | in sheepskins and goatskins | Alternate translation: “wearing only the skins of sheep and goats” | |
| 708 | HEB | 11 | 37 | x2jf | ὑστερούμενοι | 1 | destitute | Alternate translation: “having nothing” or “being very poor” | |
| 709 | HEB | 11 | 38 | a721 | figs-metonymy | οὐκ ἦν ἄξιος ὁ κόσμος | 1 | The world was not worthy | Here, **the world** refers to the people who lived in the world. Alternate translation: “the people of this world were not worthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 710 | HEB | 11 | 38 | j9lp | πλανώμενοι | 1 | They wandered about | They wandered about because they had no place to live. | |
| 711 | HEB | 11 | 39 | l5wd | figs-activepassive | οὗτοι πάντες μαρτυρηθέντες διὰ τῆς πίστεως, οὐκ ἐκομίσαντο τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν | 1 | Although all these people were approved by God because of their faith, they did not receive the promise | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God honored all these because of their faith, but they did not themselves receive what God had promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 712 | HEB | 11 | 39 | vgw2 | figs-metonymy | τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν | 1 | the promise | Here, **the promise** stands for “what God had promised them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 713 | HEB | 11 | 40 | p9uu | figs-activepassive | ἵνα μὴ χωρὶς ἡμῶν τελειωθῶσιν | 1 | so that without us, they would not be made perfect | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “in order that God not would perfect them without also perfecting us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 714 | HEB | 11 | 40 | nkci | figs-doublenegatives | ἵνα μὴ χωρὶς ἡμῶν τελειωθῶσιν | 1 | You can state the double negative **without … not** in positive form. Alternate translation: “in order that God would perfect both us and them together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) | |
| 715 | HEB | 12 | intro | h1qb | 0 | # Hebrews 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>After telling of the value discipline, the author begins a series of exhortations. (See; [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/exhort]])<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:5-6, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Discipline<br><br>God wants his people to do what is right. When they do what is wrong, he needs to correct or punish them. He does this just as earthly fathers correct and punish children whom they love. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/discipline]]) | |||
| 716 | HEB | 12 | 1 | jg6w | figs-exclusive | ἡμεῖς…ἡμῖν…τρέχωμεν…ἡμῖν | 1 | The word **we** and each occurrence of **us** refers to the author and his readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
| 717 | HEB | 12 | 1 | k8mr | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Because of this great number of Old Testament believers, the author talks of the life of faith that believers should live with Jesus as their example. | ||
| 718 | HEB | 12 | 1 | f6u9 | figs-metaphor | καὶ ἡμεῖς, τοσοῦτον ἔχοντες περικείμενον ἡμῖν νέφος μαρτύρων | 1 | we are surrounded by such a large cloud of witnesses | The writer speaks about the Old Testament believers as if they were a **cloud** that surrounded the present-day believers. Alternate translation: “since there are so many examples of faithful people about whom we learn in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 719 | HEB | 12 | 1 | hf97 | μαρτύρων | 1 | witnesses | Here, **witnesses** refers to the Old Testament believers in chapter 11 who lived faithful lives previously. | |
| 720 | HEB | 12 | 1 | yw1t | figs-metaphor | ὄγκον ἀποθέμενοι πάντα καὶ τὴν εὐπερίστατον ἁμαρτίαν | 1 | let us lay aside every weight and easily entangling sin | Here, **every weight** and **the easily entangling sin** are spoken of as if a person could take them off himself and put them down. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 721 | HEB | 12 | 1 | zln7 | figs-metaphor | ὄγκον…πάντα | 1 | every weight | Attitudes or habits that keep believers from trusting and obeying God are spoken of as if they were loads that would make it difficult for a person to carry while running. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 722 | HEB | 12 | 1 | t6wu | figs-metaphor | τὴν εὐπερίστατον ἁμαρτίαν | 1 | easily entangling sin | Here, **sin** is spoken of as if it were a net or something else that can trip people up and make them fall. Alternate translation: “sin that makes obeying God difficult” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 723 | HEB | 12 | 1 | g5dn | figs-metaphor | δι’ ὑπομονῆς, τρέχωμεν τὸν προκείμενον ἡμῖν ἀγῶνα | 1 | Let us patiently run the race that is placed before us | Following Jesus is spoken of as if it were running a **race**. Alternate translation: “let us continue obeying what God has commanded us, just like a runner keeps going until the race is over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 724 | HEB | 12 | 2 | a946 | τὸν τῆς πίστεως ἀρχηγὸν καὶ τελειωτὴν | 1 | the founder and perfecter of the faith | Jesus gives us faith and makes our faith perfect by causing us to reach our goal. Alternate translation: “the creator and finisher of our faith” or “the one who enables us to have faith from beginning to end” | |
| 725 | HEB | 12 | 2 | za14 | figs-metaphor | ἀντὶ τῆς προκειμένης αὐτῷ χαρᾶς | 1 | For the joy that was placed before him | The **joy** that Jesus would experience is spoken of as if God the Father had **placed** it **before him** as a goal to reach. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 726 | HEB | 12 | 2 | y7me | αἰσχύνης καταφρονήσας | 1 | despised its shame | This means Jesus hated the **shame** of dying on a cross, even though he allowed that to happen. | |
| 727 | HEB | 12 | 2 | vm9b | translate-symaction | ἐν δεξιᾷ τε τοῦ θρόνου τοῦ Θεοῦ κεκάθικεν | 1 | sat down at the right hand of the throne of God | To sit at the **right hand** of God is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Hebrews 1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “and sat down at the place of honor and authority beside the throne of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) |
| 728 | HEB | 12 | 3 | fsos | figs-exclusive | μὴ κάμητε, ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν ἐκλυόμενοι | 1 | The words **you** and **your** are plural and here refer to the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
| 729 | HEB | 12 | 3 | i1xl | figs-metonymy | ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν | 1 | weary in your hearts | Here, **souls** represents a person’s thoughts and emotions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 730 | HEB | 12 | 4 | b9b7 | figs-personification | οὔπω…ἀντικατέστητε, πρὸς τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἀνταγωνιζόμενοι | 1 | You have not yet resisted or struggled against sin | Here, **sin** is spoken of as if it were a person against whom someone fights in a battle. Alternate translation: “You have not yet bled from resisting the attacks of sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) |
| 731 | HEB | 12 | 4 | i4ip | figs-metaphor | μέχρις αἵματος | 1 | to the point of blood | Resisting opposition so much that one dies for it is spoken of as if one reached a certain place where he would die. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 732 | HEB | 12 | 4 | uwg6 | figs-metonymy | αἵματος | 1 | of blood | Here, **blood** refers to death. Alternate translation: “of death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 733 | HEB | 12 | 5 | y6cv | figs-personification | τῆς παρακλήσεως, ἥτις ὑμῖν…διαλέγεται | 1 | the encouragement that instructs you | Old Testament scripture is spoken of as if it were a person who could exhort others. Alternate translation: “what God has instructed you in the scriptures to exhort you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) |
| 734 | HEB | 12 | 5 | e6a9 | figs-gendernotations | ὡς υἱοῖς…υἱέ μου | 1 | as sons … My son | The word translated **sons** and **son** is specifically the word for a male child. In that culture the family line continued through the sons, not normally through the daughters. However, as stated by the UST and some English versions, the author is directing his words to both males and females. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) |
| 735 | HEB | 12 | 5 | a7vf | υἱέ μου, μὴ ὀλιγώρει παιδείας Κυρίου, μηδὲ ἐκλύου ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐλεγχόμενος | 1 | My son … corrected by him | Here the author is quoting from the book of Proverbs in the Old Testament, which was the words of Solomon to his male children. | |
| 736 | HEB | 12 | 5 | cxe9 | figs-litotes | μὴ ὀλιγώρει παιδείας Κυρίου, μηδὲ ἐκλύου | 1 | do not think lightly of the Lord’s discipline, nor grow weary | You can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “take it very seriously when the Lord disciplines you, and remain encouraged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) |
| 737 | HEB | 12 | 5 | i1a6 | figs-activepassive | ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐλεγχόμενος | 1 | you are corrected by him | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “when he corrects you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 738 | HEB | 12 | 6 | zu3c | πάντα υἱὸν ὃν παραδέχεται | 1 | every son whom he receives | The word translated **son** is specifically the word for a male child. In that culture the family line continued through the sons, not normally through the daughters. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations) | |
| 739 | HEB | 12 | 7 | v1gu | figs-simile | ὡς υἱοῖς ὑμῖν προσφέρεται ὁ Θεός | 1 | God deals with you as with sons | This compares God disciplining his people to a father disciplining his **sons**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) |
| 740 | HEB | 12 | 7 | upgq | figs-ellipsis | ὡς υἱοῖς ὑμῖν προσφέρεται ὁ Θεός | 1 | You can state clearly the understood information. Alternate translation: “God deals with you the same way a father deals with his sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 741 | HEB | 12 | 7 | i3k4 | figs-gendernotations | υἱοῖς…υἱὸς | 1 | sons … son | You can translate **sons** and **son** to include males and females. Alternate translation: “to children … child is there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) |
| 742 | HEB | 12 | 7 | jb38 | figs-rquestion | τίς γὰρ υἱὸς ὃν οὐ παιδεύει πατήρ? | 1 | what son is there whom his father does not discipline? | The author makes the point through this question that every good **father** disciplines his children. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “For every good father disciplines his children!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 743 | HEB | 12 | 8 | kwc6 | figs-abstractnouns | εἰ δὲ χωρίς ἐστε παιδείας, ἧς μέτοχοι γεγόνασι πάντες | 1 | But if you are without discipline, which all people share in | You can restate the abstract noun **discipline** with the verb “disciplining.” Alternate translation: “So if you have not experienced God disciplining you like he disciplines all his children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 744 | HEB | 12 | 8 | s5u9 | figs-metaphor | ἄρα νόθοι καὶ οὐχ υἱοί ἐστε | 1 | then you are illegitimate and not his sons | Those whom God does not discipline are spoken of as if they are **sons** born to a man and a woman who are not married each other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 745 | HEB | 12 | 9 | r4lb | figs-rquestion | οὐ πολὺ…μᾶλλον ὑποταγησόμεθα τῷ Πατρὶ τῶν πνευμάτων, καὶ ζήσομεν? | 1 | How much more should we submit to the Father of spirits and live! | The author uses a question to emphasize that we should obey God **the Father**. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “even more so, we should obey the Father of spirits and live!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 746 | HEB | 12 | 9 | cl95 | figs-idiom | τῷ Πατρὶ τῶν πνευμάτων | 1 | the Father of spirits | The idiom **Father of spirits** contrasts with **fathers of our flesh** earlier in this verse. Alternate translation: “our spiritual Father” or “our Father in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 747 | HEB | 12 | 9 | pem8 | καὶ ζήσομεν | 1 | and live | Alternate translation: “so that we will live” | |
| 748 | HEB | 12 | 10 | l1a3 | figs-metaphor | εἰς τὸ μεταλαβεῖν τῆς ἁγιότητος αὐτοῦ | 1 | so that we can share in his holiness | This metaphor speaks of **holiness** as if it were an object that can be shared among people. Alternate translation: “so that we may become holy as God is holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 749 | HEB | 12 | 11 | g13e | figs-metaphor | καρπὸν εἰρηνικὸν…ἀποδίδωσιν δικαιοσύνης | 1 | it produces the peaceful fruit of righteousness | Here, **fruit** here is a metaphor for “result” or “outcome.” Alternate translation: “it produces the peaceful result of righteousness” or “it produces righteousness, which results in peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 750 | HEB | 12 | 11 | xbg8 | figs-personification | τοῖς δι’ αὐτῆς γεγυμνασμένοις | 1 | who have been trained by it | The discipline or correction done by the Lord is spoken of as if it were the Lord himself. Alternate translation: “for those who have been trained by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) |
| 751 | HEB | 12 | 11 | gaor | figs-activepassive | τοῖς δι’ αὐτῆς γεγυμνασμένοις | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whom God has trained by disciplining them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 752 | HEB | 12 | 12 | cvp9 | figs-metaphor | τὰς παρειμένας χεῖρας, καὶ τὰ παραλελυμένα γόνατα, ἀνορθώσατε | 1 | strengthen your hands that hang down and your weak knees. | Possibly this continues the metaphor about the race in [Hebrews 12:1](../12/01.md). It is in this way that the author speaks about living as Christians and helping others. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 753 | HEB | 12 | 13 | yi9n | figs-metaphor | τροχιὰς ὀρθὰς ποιεῖτε τοῖς ποσὶν ὑμῶν | 1 | Make straight paths for your feet | Possibly this continues the metaphor about the race in [Hebrews 12:1](../12/01.md). It is in this way that the author speaks about living as Christians and helping others. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 754 | HEB | 12 | 13 | qmq7 | figs-metaphor | τροχιὰς ὀρθὰς | 1 | straight paths | Living so as to honor and please God is spoken of as if it were a **straight** path to follow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 755 | HEB | 12 | 13 | i19d | figs-metaphor | μὴ τὸ χωλὸν ἐκτραπῇ | 1 | what is lame will not be sprained | In this metaphor of running a race, **lame** represents another person in the race who is hurt and wants to quit. This, in turn, represent the Christians themselves. Alternate translation: “whoever is weak and wants to quit will not sprain his ankle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 756 | HEB | 12 | 13 | euf9 | figs-metaphor | μὴ…ἐκτραπῇ | 1 | will not be sprained | Someone who stops obeying God is spoken of as if he injured his foot or ankle on a path. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 757 | HEB | 12 | 13 | c8e5 | figs-activepassive | μὴ…ἐκτραπῇ | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “will not sprain his ankle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 758 | HEB | 12 | 13 | wq18 | figs-activepassive | ἰαθῇ δὲ μᾶλλον | 1 | rather be healed | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “but instead become strong” or “but instead God will heal him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 759 | HEB | 12 | 14 | g22e | figs-metaphor | εἰρήνην διώκετε μετὰ πάντων | 1 | Here, **peace** is spoken of as if it were something that a person must chase after. Alternate translation: “Seek to be at peace with everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 760 | HEB | 12 | 14 | h45r | figs-abstractnouns | εἰρήνην διώκετε μετὰ πάντων | 1 | Pursue peace with everyone | You can translate the abstract noun **peace** with an adverb. Alternate translation: “Try to live peacefully with everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 761 | HEB | 12 | 14 | pa9a | figs-doublenegatives | καὶ τὸν ἁγιασμόν, οὗ χωρὶς οὐδεὶς ὄψεται τὸν Κύριον | 1 | also the holiness without which no one will see the Lord | You can express the double negative **without … no one** as a positive encouragement. Alternate translation: “also work hard to be holy, because only holy people will see the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) |
| 762 | HEB | 12 | 14 | v9z7 | figs-ellipsis | καὶ τὸν ἁγιασμόν | 1 | also the holiness | You can state clearly the understood information. Alternate translation: “also pursue the holiness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 763 | HEB | 12 | 15 | at8j | figs-doublenegatives | μή τις ὑστερῶν ἀπὸ τῆς χάριτος τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | no one lacks God’s grace | You can state the double negative **no one … lacking** in positive form. Alternate translation: “everyone receives enough of God’s grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) |
| 764 | HEB | 12 | 15 | nh7g | figs-metaphor | μή τις ῥίζα πικρίας ἄνω φύουσα ἐνοχλῇ, καὶ δι’ αὐτῆς μιανθῶσιν πολλοί | 1 | that no root of bitterness grows up to cause trouble, so that many do not become polluted by it | Hateful or resentful attitudes are spoken of as if they were a plant that is bitter to the taste. Alternate translation: “that no one becomes like a bitter root, which when it grows causes trouble and harms many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 765 | HEB | 12 | 16 | b6ef | Ἠσαῦ | 1 | **Esau**, who was told about in the writings of Moses, was Isaac’s first son and Jacob’s brother. | ||
| 766 | HEB | 12 | 17 | j6x8 | figs-activepassive | ἀπεδοκιμάσθη | 1 | he was rejected | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “his father, Isaac, refused to bless him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 767 | HEB | 12 | 17 | d6he | figs-abstractnouns | μετανοίας γὰρ τόπον οὐχ εὗρεν | 1 | because he found no opportunity for repentance | You can translate the abstract noun **repentance** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “because it was not possible for him to repent” or “because it was not possible for him to change his decision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 768 | HEB | 12 | 17 | b7k3 | καίπερ μετὰ δακρύων ἐκζητήσας αὐτήν | 1 | even though he sought it with tears | Here, **he** refers to Esau. | |
| 769 | HEB | 12 | 18 | xti4 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | The author gives a contrast between what believers in Moses’ time had while living under the law and what present day believers have after coming to Jesus under the new covenant. He illustrates the experience of the Israelites by describing how God appeared to them at Mount Sinai. | ||
| 770 | HEB | 12 | 18 | y1ed | οὐ…προσεληλύθατε | 1 | Here, **you** refers to the Hebrew believers to whom the author wrote. | ||
| 771 | HEB | 12 | 18 | a43l | figs-explicit | οὐ γὰρ προσεληλύθατε, ψηλαφωμένῳ | 1 | For you have not come to a mountain that can be touched | You can state the implicit information explicitly. Alternate translation: “For you have not come, as the people of Israel came, to a mountain that can be touched” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 772 | HEB | 12 | 18 | w6j6 | figs-activepassive | οὐ…ψηλαφωμένῳ | 1 | that can be touched | This means that believers in Christ have not come to a physical mountain like Mount Sinai that a person can touch. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “you have not come a mountain that you can touch” or “ you have not come a mountain that you can perceive with your senses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 773 | HEB | 12 | 19 | x2qk | figs-metonymy | καὶ φωνῇ ῥημάτων, ἧς οἱ ἀκούσαντες παρῃτήσαντο, μὴ προστεθῆναι αὐτοῖς λόγον | 1 | nor to a voice that speaks words whose hearers begged that not another word be spoken to them | Here, **voice** refers to someone speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 774 | HEB | 12 | 19 | a9uh | figs-activepassive | καὶ φωνῇ ῥημάτων, ἧς οἱ ἀκούσαντες παρῃτήσαντο, μὴ προστεθῆναι αὐτοῖς λόγον | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “or where God was speaking in such a way that those who heard him begged him not to speak another word to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 775 | HEB | 12 | 20 | p7qu | figs-activepassive | τὸ διαστελλόμενον | 1 | what was commanded | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “what God commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 776 | HEB | 12 | 20 | x31x | figs-activepassive | λιθοβοληθήσεται | 1 | it must be stoned | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “you must stone it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 777 | HEB | 12 | 22 | r9dz | figs-metaphor | Σιὼν Ὄρει | 1 | Mount Zion | The writer speaks of **Mount Zion**, the location of the Temple in Jerusalem, as if it were heaven itself, the residence of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 778 | HEB | 12 | 22 | k1kv | μυριάσιν ἀγγέλων | 1 | tens of thousands of angels | Alternate translation: “to an uncountable number of angels” | |
| 779 | HEB | 12 | 23 | j94e | figs-metaphor | πρωτοτόκων | 1 | the firstborn | Here, **the firstborn** is plural and speaks of believers in Christ as if they were firstborn sons. This emphasizes their special place and privilege as God’s people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 780 | HEB | 12 | 23 | km4a | figs-activepassive | ἀπογεγραμμένων ἐν οὐρανοῖς | 1 | registered in heaven | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whose names God has written in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 781 | HEB | 12 | 23 | i7qb | figs-activepassive | τετελειωμένων | 1 | who have been made perfect | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whom God has made perfect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 782 | HEB | 12 | 24 | kq1v | διαθήκης νέας μεσίτῃ | 1 | the mediator of a new covenant | This means **Jesus** caused the **new covenant** between God and humans to exist. See how you translated this phrase in [Hebrews 9:15](../09/15.md). | |
| 783 | HEB | 12 | 24 | nz8l | figs-personification | αἵματι ῥαντισμοῦ, κρεῖττον λαλοῦντι παρὰ τὸν Ἂβελ | 1 | the sprinkled blood that speaks better than Abel’s blood | The **blood** of Jesus and the blood of Abel are spoken of as if they were people calling out. Alternate translation: “to the sprinkled blood of Jesus that says better things than the blood of Abel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) |
| 784 | HEB | 12 | 24 | w9jj | τὸν Ἂβελ | 1 | Abel was the son of the first man and woman, Adam and Eve. Cain, also their son, murdered Abel. | ||
| 785 | HEB | 12 | 24 | z7uq | figs-metonymy | αἵματι ῥαντισμοῦ | 1 | blood | Here, **blood** stands for Jesus’ death, as Abel’s blood stands for his death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 786 | HEB | 12 | 25 | c9cn | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Having contrasted the Israelites’ experience at Mount Sinai with the believers’ experience after Christ died, the writer reminds believers that they have the same God who warns them today. This is the fifth main warning given to believers. | ||
| 787 | HEB | 12 | 25 | pnn5 | figs-you | μὴ παραιτήσησθε | 1 | The word **you** continues to refer to believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) | |
| 788 | HEB | 12 | 25 | nnk9 | figs-doublenegatives | μὴ παραιτήσησθε τὸν λαλοῦντα | 1 | you do not refuse the one who is speaking | You can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “you pay attention to the one who is speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) |
| 789 | HEB | 12 | 25 | eltr | figs-exclusive | ἡμεῖς | 1 | The word **we** continues to refer to the writer and the readers who are believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
| 790 | HEB | 12 | 25 | gkn1 | figs-explicit | εἰ…ἐκεῖνοι οὐκ ἐξέφυγον | 1 | if they did not escape | You can state the implicit information explicitly. Alternate translation: “if the people of Israel did not escape judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 791 | HEB | 12 | 25 | fy9u | ἐπὶ γῆς…τὸν χρηματίζοντα | 1 | the one who warned them on earth | This could refer to: (1) Moses, who warned them here **on earth**. (2) God, who warned them at Mount Sinai. | |
| 792 | HEB | 12 | 25 | s5lj | figs-metaphor | ἡμεῖς οἱ τὸν ἀπ’ οὐρανῶν ἀποστρεφόμενοι | 1 | if we turn away from the one who is warning | Rejecting God is spoken of as if a person were changing direction and **turn away from** him. Alternate translation: “if we reject the one who is warning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 793 | HEB | 12 | 26 | rf4e | οὗ ἡ φωνὴ τὴν γῆν ἐσάλευσεν τότε | 1 | his voice shook the earth | Alternate translation: “when God spoke at that time, the sound of his voice caused the earth to shake” | |
| 794 | HEB | 12 | 26 | rspc | ἔτι ἅπαξ ἐγὼ σείσω, οὐ μόνον τὴν γῆν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν οὐρανόν | 1 | This quotation is from the prophet Haggai in the Old Testament. | ||
| 795 | HEB | 12 | 26 | i1c8 | ἐσάλευσεν…σείσω | 1 | shook … shake | Translate **shook** and **shake** with words for what an earthquake does when it moves the ground. This refers back to [Hebrews 12:18-21](./18.md) and what happened when the people saw the mountain where Moses received the law from God. | |
| 796 | HEB | 12 | 27 | z6ys | figs-abstractnouns | δηλοῖ τῶν σαλευομένων μετάθεσιν | 1 | mean the removal of those things that can be shaken, that is, of the things | You can translate the abstract noun **removal** with the verbal phrase “take away.” Alternate translation: “to the taking away of the things that can be shaken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 797 | HEB | 12 | 27 | dnpi | figs-activepassive | δηλοῖ τῶν σαλευομένων μετάθεσιν, ὡς πεποιημένων | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “means that God will remove the things that he can shake, that is, the things that he created” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 798 | HEB | 12 | 27 | l29r | τῶν σαλευομένων | 1 | shaken | Translate **shaken** with the word for what an earthquake does when it moves the ground. This refers back to [Hebrews 12:18-21](./18.md) and what happened when the people saw the mountain where Moses received the law from God. See how you translated “shook” and “shake” in [Hebrews 12:26](../12/26.md). | |
| 799 | HEB | 12 | 27 | s3xt | figs-activepassive | πεποιημένων | 1 | that have been created | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “of what God has created” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 800 | HEB | 12 | 27 | ta84 | figs-activepassive | τὰ μὴ σαλευόμενα | 1 | the things that cannot be shaken | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the things that do not shake” or “the things that cannot shake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 801 | HEB | 12 | 28 | m44c | grammar-connect-words-phrases | βασιλείαν ἀσάλευτον παραλαμβάνοντες | 1 | receiving a kingdom | You can add the words **because we are** to make clear the logical connection between this statement and the next statement. Alternate translation: “because we are receiving an unshakeable kingdom” or “because God is making us members of his kingdom which cannot be shaken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) |
| 802 | HEB | 12 | 28 | btf6 | ἔχωμεν χάριν | 1 | let us be grateful | Alternate translation: “let us give thanks” | |
| 803 | HEB | 12 | 28 | f382 | figs-doublet | μετὰ εὐλαβείας καὶ δέους | 1 | with reverence and awe | The words **reverence** and **awe** share similar meanings and emphasize the greatness of reverence due to God. Alternate translation: “with great respect and dread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) |
| 804 | HEB | 12 | 29 | f899 | figs-metaphor | ὁ Θεὸς ἡμῶν πῦρ καταναλίσκον | 1 | our God is a consuming fire | **God** is spoken of here as if he were a **fire** that can burn up anything. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 805 | HEB | 13 | intro | c8gg | 0 | # Hebrews 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The author finishes the list of exhortations he began in chapter 12. Then he asks the readers to pray for him and ends the letter.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 13:6, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Hospitality<br><br>God wants his people to invite other people to come to their homes to eat food and even to sleep. His people should do this even if they do not know well the people they are inviting. In the Old Testament, Abraham and his nephew Lot both showed hospitality to people they did not know. Abraham served a costly meal to them, and then Lot invited them to sleep in his house. They learned later that those people were actually angels. | |||
| 806 | HEB | 13 | 1 | sf1n | 0 | Connecting Statement: | In this closing section, the author gives specific instructions to believers on how they are supposed to live. | ||
| 807 | HEB | 13 | 1 | g819 | ἡ φιλαδελφία μενέτω | 1 | Let brotherly love continue | Alternate translation: “Continue to show your love for other believers as you would for members of your family” | |
| 808 | HEB | 13 | 2 | rh7r | figs-litotes | μὴ ἐπιλανθάνεσθε | 1 | Do not forget | You can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “Be sure to remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) |
| 809 | HEB | 13 | 2 | y7cd | φιλοξενίας | 1 | hospitality | Alternate translation: “to welcome and show kindness to strangers” | |
| 810 | HEB | 13 | 3 | mx5r | figs-activepassive | ὡς συνδεδεμένοι | 1 | as if you were bound with them | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “as if someone tied you to them” or “as if you were in prison with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 811 | HEB | 13 | 3 | d3ze | figs-activepassive | τῶν κακουχουμένων | 1 | who are mistreated | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “and those whom others are mistreating” or “and those who are suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 812 | HEB | 13 | 3 | g4ap | figs-activepassive | ὡς καὶ αὐτοὶ ὄντες ἐν σώματι | 1 | as if you also were them in the body | This phrase encourages believers to think about other people’s suffering as they would think about their own suffering. Alternate translation: “as if you were the one suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 813 | HEB | 13 | 4 | ix27 | figs-activepassive | τίμιος ὁ γάμος ἐν πᾶσιν | 1 | Let marriage be respected by everyone | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Everyone should consider that marriage is a good and honorable thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 814 | HEB | 13 | 4 | ix79 | figs-euphemism | ἡ κοίτη ἀμίαντος | 1 | Let the marriage bed be pure | Here, **the marriage bed** is a polite way to refer to the act of sexual union of a married couple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) |
| 815 | HEB | 13 | 4 | aokv | figs-metonymy | ἡ κοίτη ἀμίαντος | 1 | This refers to the act of sexual union as if it were only the bed of a married couple. Alternate translation: “let husbands and wives honor their marriage relationship to one another and not sleep with other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 816 | HEB | 13 | 5 | sz35 | figs-metonymy | ἀφιλάργυρος ὁ τρόπος | 1 | Let your conduct be free from the love of money | Here, **conduct** refers to a person’s character or the way he lives, and **free from the love of money** refers to not greatly desiring to have more money. A person who loves money is not content with the amount of money he has. Alternate translation: “Let your conduct not be affected by the love of money” or “Do not greatly wish to have more money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 817 | HEB | 13 | 6 | c8w6 | figs-explicit | Κύριος ἐμοὶ βοηθός, καὶ οὐ φοβηθήσομαι; τί ποιήσει μοι ἄνθρωπος? | 1 | The Lord is my helper … do to me | This is a quotation from the book of Psalms in the Old Testament. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 818 | HEB | 13 | 6 | q8ie | figs-rquestion | τί ποιήσει μοι ἄνθρωπος? | 1 | I will not be afraid. What can a man do to me? | The author uses a question to emphasize that he does not fear people because God is helping him. Alternate translation: “I will not fear what a man can do to me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 819 | HEB | 13 | 6 | bt0z | figs-gendernotations | τί ποιήσει μοι ἄνθρωπος? | 1 | Here, **man** means any person in general. Alternate translation: “What can another person do to me?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) | |
| 820 | HEB | 13 | 7 | ym9m | τὴν ἔκβασιν τῆς ἀναστροφῆς | 1 | the result of their conduct | Alternate translation: “the outcome of the way they behave” | |
| 821 | HEB | 13 | 7 | tvu6 | figs-metonymy | μιμεῖσθε τὴν πίστιν | 1 | Imitate their faith | Here the trust in God and the way of life led by these leaders are spoken of as **their faith**. Alternate translation: “trust and obey God in the same way they do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 822 | HEB | 13 | 8 | dv5g | figs-metonymy | ἐχθὲς καὶ σήμερον, ὁ αὐτός, καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας | 1 | is the same yesterday, today, and forever | Here, **yesterday** means all times in the past. Alternate translation: “is the same in the past, the present, and in the future forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 823 | HEB | 13 | 9 | y92c | 0 | General Information: | This section refers to animal sacrifices made by believers in God in Old Testament times, which covered their sins temporarily until the death of Christ came about. | ||
| 824 | HEB | 13 | 9 | dp5w | figs-metaphor | διδαχαῖς ποικίλαις καὶ ξέναις, μὴ παραφέρεσθε | 1 | Do not be carried away by various strange teachings | Being persuaded by **various and strange teachings** is spoken of as if a person were being carried away by a force. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Do not be persuaded by various and strange teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 825 | HEB | 13 | 9 | nbb3 | figs-activepassive | διδαχαῖς ποικίλαις καὶ ξέναις, μὴ παραφέρεσθε | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Do not let others persuade you to believe their various strange teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 826 | HEB | 13 | 9 | fe6i | διδαχαῖς ποικίλαις καὶ ξέναις | 1 | various strange teachings | Alternate translation: “by many, different teachings that are not the good news we told you” | |
| 827 | HEB | 13 | 9 | tmt1 | figs-activepassive | καλὸν…χάριτι βεβαιοῦσθαι τὴν καρδίαν, οὐ βρώμασιν, ἐν οἷς οὐκ ὠφελήθησαν οἱ περιπατοῦντες | 1 | it is good that the heart should be strengthened by grace, not by foods that do not help those who walk by them | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “we become stronger when we think of how God has been kind to us, but we do not become stronger by obeying rules about food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 828 | HEB | 13 | 9 | t28u | figs-metonymy | βεβαιοῦσθαι τὴν καρδίαν | 1 | the heart should be strengthened | Here, **heart** is a metonym for the “inner being.” Alternate translation: “we should be strengthened inwardly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 829 | HEB | 13 | 9 | ar93 | figs-metonymy | βρώμασιν | 1 | foods | Here, **foods** stands for rules about food. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 830 | HEB | 13 | 9 | kf3b | figs-metaphor | οἱ περιπατοῦντες | 1 | those who walk by them | Living is spoken of as if it were walking. Alternate translation: “those who live by them” or “those who regulate their lives by them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 831 | HEB | 13 | 10 | jjy3 | figs-metonymy | ἔχομεν θυσιαστήριον | 1 | We have an altar | Here, **altar** stands for “place of worship.” It also stands for the animals that the priests in the old covenant sacrificed, from which they took meat for themselves and their families. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 832 | HEB | 13 | 11 | luf7 | figs-activepassive | ὧν…εἰσφέρεται ζῴων τὸ αἷμα περὶ ἁμαρτίας εἰς τὰ ἅγια διὰ τοῦ ἀρχιερέως | 1 | the blood of the animals killed for sins is brought by the high priest into the holy place | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the high priest brings into the holy place the blood of the animals that the priests killed for sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 833 | HEB | 13 | 11 | iv19 | figs-activepassive | τούτων τὰ σώματα κατακαίεται | 1 | while their bodies are burned | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “while the priests burn the animals’ bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 834 | HEB | 13 | 11 | f7nb | ἔξω τῆς παρεμβολῆς | 1 | outside the camp | Alternate translation: “away from where the people lived” | |
| 835 | HEB | 13 | 12 | x48h | 0 | Connecting Statement: | There is a comparison here between Jesus’ sacrifice and the tabernacle sacrifices of the Old Testament. | ||
| 836 | HEB | 13 | 12 | fw9g | διὸ | 1 | So | Alternate translation: “In the same way” or “Because the bodies of the sacrifices were burned outside the camp” ([Hebrews 13:11](../13/11.md)) | |
| 837 | HEB | 13 | 12 | eq6t | figs-metonymy | ἔξω τῆς πύλης | 1 | outside the city gate | Here, **outside the gate** stands for “outside the city.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 838 | HEB | 13 | 13 | zf8v | figs-metaphor | τοίνυν ἐξερχώμεθα πρὸς αὐτὸν ἔξω τῆς παρεμβολῆς | 1 | Let us therefore go to him outside the camp | Obeying Jesus is spoken of as if a person were leaving **the camp** to go out where Jesus is. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 839 | HEB | 13 | 13 | h3j4 | figs-metaphor | τὸν ὀνειδισμὸν αὐτοῦ φέροντες | 1 | bearing his shame | Here, **reproach** is spoken of as if it were an object that had to be carried in one’s hands or on one’s back. Alternate translation: “while allowing others to insult us just like people insulted him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 840 | HEB | 13 | 14 | u2wn | ἐπιζητοῦμεν | 1 | looking for | Alternate translation: “we are waiting for” | |
| 841 | HEB | 13 | 15 | zfy9 | figs-metaphor | θυσίαν αἰνέσεως | 1 | a sacrifice of praise | Here, **praise** is spoken of as if it were a **sacrifice** of animals or incense. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 842 | HEB | 13 | 15 | b4p1 | figs-metaphor | αἰνέσεως διὰ παντὸς τῷ Θεῷ, τοῦτ’ ἔστιν καρπὸν χειλέων ὁμολογούντων τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ | 1 | praise that is the fruit of lips that acknowledge his name | Here, **praise** is spoken of as if it were **fruit** produced by the **lips** of people. Alternate translation: “praise to God in every situation that is produced by the lips of those who acknowledge his name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 843 | HEB | 13 | 15 | zr2d | figs-synecdoche | χειλέων ὁμολογούντων τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ | 1 | lips that acknowledge his name | Here, **lips** represents people who speak. Alternate translation: “the lips of those who acknowledge his name” or “those who acknowledge his name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 844 | HEB | 13 | 15 | v52x | figs-metonymy | τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ | 1 | his name | A person’s **name** represents that person. Alternate translation: “him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 845 | HEB | 13 | 16 | ma8c | figs-litotes | τῆς…εὐποιΐας καὶ κοινωνίας μὴ ἐπιλανθάνεσθε | 1 | Let us not forget doing good and helping one another | You can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “let us always remember to do good and to help others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) |
| 846 | HEB | 13 | 16 | kp76 | figs-metaphor | τοιαύταις…θυσίαις | 1 | with such sacrifices | Doing good and helping others is spoken of as if they were **sacrifices** on an altar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 847 | HEB | 13 | 17 | n5e8 | figs-metaphor | ἀγρυπνοῦσιν ὑπὲρ τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν | 1 | keep watch over your souls | The believers’ **souls**, that is, the believers’ spiritual well-being, are spoken of as if they were objects or animals that guards could **keep watch over**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 848 | HEB | 13 | 17 | z2yp | figs-metonymy | μὴ στενάζοντες | 1 | not with groaning | Here, **groaning** stands for sadness or grief. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 849 | HEB | 13 | 18 | d5hf | 0 | Connecting Statement: | The author closes with a blessing and greetings. | ||
| 850 | HEB | 13 | 18 | xmh1 | figs-exclusive | προσεύχεσθε περὶ ἡμῶν | 1 | Pray for us | Here, **us** refers to the author and his companions, but not to the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) |
| 851 | HEB | 13 | 18 | n6gb | figs-metaphor | πειθόμεθα…ὅτι καλὴν συνείδησιν ἔχομεν | 1 | we are persuaded that we have a clean conscience | Here, **good conscience** stands for being free from guilt. Alternate translation: “we are certain that we have no guilt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 852 | HEB | 13 | 19 | cg4l | figs-activepassive | ἵνα τάχειον ἀποκατασταθῶ ὑμῖν | 1 | that I will be returned to you sooner | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that God will quickly remove the things that stop my coming to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 853 | HEB | 13 | 20 | n66e | δὲ | 1 | Now | **Now** marks a new section of the letter. Here the author praises God and gives a final prayer for his readers. | |
| 854 | HEB | 13 | 20 | d8yq | ὁ ἀναγαγὼν ἐκ νεκρῶν τὸν Ποιμένα τῶν προβάτων τὸν μέγαν…τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦν | 1 | brought back from the dead the great shepherd of the sheep, our Lord Jesus | Alternate translation: “raised the great shepherd of the sheep, our Lord Jesus, to life” | |
| 855 | HEB | 13 | 20 | k6n6 | ἐκ νεκρῶν | 1 | from the dead | Here, **the dead** describes all dead people together in the underworld. To bring someone up from among them speaks of causing that person to become alive again. | |
| 856 | HEB | 13 | 20 | gn9w | figs-metaphor | τὸν Ποιμένα τῶν προβάτων τὸν μέγαν | 1 | the great shepherd of the sheep | Christ in his role of leader and protector of those who believe in him is spoken of as if he were a **shepherd** of **sheep**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 857 | HEB | 13 | 20 | qxb8 | figs-metonymy | ἐν αἵματι διαθήκης αἰωνίου | 1 | by the blood of the eternal covenant | Here, **blood** stands for the death of Jesus, which is the basis for the **covenant** that will last forever between God and all believers in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 858 | HEB | 13 | 21 | qj79 | καταρτίσαι ὑμᾶς ἐν παντὶ ἀγαθῷ, εἰς τὸ ποιῆσαι τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ | 1 | equip you with everything good to do his will | Alternate translation: “may he give you every good thing you need in order to do his will” or “may he make you capable of doing every good thing according to his will” | |
| 859 | HEB | 13 | 21 | r3mi | figs-exclusive | ποιῶν ἐν ἡμῖν | 1 | working in us | The word **us** refers to the author and the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) |
| 860 | HEB | 13 | 21 | u6iq | ᾧ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων | 1 | to whom be the glory forever | Alternate translation: “whom all people will praise forever” | |
| 861 | HEB | 13 | 22 | wa9r | δὲ | 1 | Now | **Now** marks a new section of the letter. Here the author gives his final comments to his audience. | |
| 862 | HEB | 13 | 22 | b27j | figs-gendernotations | ἀδελφοί | 1 | brothers | Here, **brothers** refers to all the believers to whom the author is writing, whether male or female. Alternate translation: “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) |
| 863 | HEB | 13 | 22 | d5e6 | ἀνέχεσθε τοῦ λόγου τῆς παρακλήσεως | 1 | bear with the word of encouragement | Alternate translation: “patiently consider what I have just written to encourage you” | |
| 864 | HEB | 13 | 22 | l8b3 | figs-metonymy | τοῦ λόγου τῆς παρακλήσεως | 1 | the word of encouragement | Here, **word** stands for a message. Alternate translation: “the encouraging message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 865 | HEB | 13 | 23 | w3m2 | figs-activepassive | ἀπολελυμένον | 1 | has been set free | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “is no longer in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 866 | HEB | 13 | 24 | r7kn | ἀσπάζονται ὑμᾶς οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰταλίας | 1 | Those from Italy greet you | This could mean: (1) the author is not in **Italy**, but there is a group of believers with him who have come from Italy. (2) the author is in **Italy** while writing this letter. | |
| 867 | HEB | 13 | 24 | kk9c | translate-names | τῆς Ἰταλίας | 1 | Italy | **Italy** is the name of a region at that time. At that time, Rome was the capital city of Italy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |